Heavy industry

36,318 products in DB
ImageNameSummaryCategories
High Speed Stacking Door A125

APPLICABLE PLACE:

Aeronautics and space, underground garage, public facilities, mine/cement, automobile  manufacturing, food industry, transfer station, logistics

FEATURES:

  1. Short open time and tight seal  reduce airflow to save energy and protect against bad weather  and dust-free
  2. High-strength aluminum rods  distribute the wind pressure,  special for large doorway
  3. Curtain can be replaced  separately with low maintenance costs
High Speed Rolling Door V108

APPLICABLE PLACE:

Electronic manufacturing, agriculture and animal husbandry, food industry, tobacco, medicine/medical appliance, printing/packaging, textile industry, logistics

FEATURES:

  1. High opening and closing speed to allow smooth traffic flows of personnel and material/ equipment
  2. Short open time and tight seal reduce airflow to save energy. Protect against bad weather and dust-free
  3. Curtain can be replaced separately with low maintenance costs
  4. Equipped with safety devices to protect personnel and material/equipment
YAVI-Tank cargo trolley

SHARE HOIST-YAVI tank cargo trolley is a type of industrial equipment used for transporting heavy equipment, materials, and machinery in a warehouse or production facility. It typically features a flat platform that can hold large and bulky items. Tank cargo trolleys are often equipped with casters or wheels for easy maneuverability, and some models may even have adjustable height settings to accommodate different loads. They are commonly used in industries such as manufacturing, transportation, and logistics where heavy-duty material handling is required.

SHARE HOIST-YAVI tank cargo trolley:

1.360° rotating non-slip pattern:

The black disc can be rotated 360°

Circular patterns on the disc increase friction,the goods are not easy to drop

  1. Seamless welded tie rod:

Using seamless welded tie rods, stable and reliable

  1. Wear-resistant PU casters: Can play a certain role in shock absorption,easy maintenance,strong elasticity;
  2. Thickened steel plate:High quality thickened forged steel plate, strong load-bearing capacity;
🛒 Don’t miss out on our high-quality .
For inquiries and orders, contact us click here
📧 marketing@sharehoist.com or
Explore more at www.sharehoist.com.

YAVI-Manual Stacker

SHARE HOIST-YAVI  hand stacker is a multi-functional logistics equipment with a wide range of applications. It is suitable for some low-height stacking occasions. It is characterized by simple operation, light weight, high quality, low price, and easy maintenance. One of the most popular stacking machines in the logistics industry.

 

SHARE HOIST-YAVI  hand stacker

PRODUCT DETAILS:

  1. Nylon/PU wheel can be rotated for 360 degree;
  2. Handle User-friendly design easy to use;

03 .Reinforced chain, more stable and durable;

04.High strength fork, high hardness and high endurance ,can be adjusted according to the size of the goods ;

05 Thickened steel is strong and durable :The body is made of I-steel, and the whole body is thickened

🛒 Don’t miss out on our high-quality .For inquiries and orders, contact us click here:
📧 marketing@sharehoist.com or
Explore more at www.sharehoist.com.

YAVI-Loop Webbing Sling
  • SHARE HOIST
  • For delicate equipment and precision parts, synthetic lifting slings offer unmatched flexibility, strength, and support. Constructed from nylon or polyester, these lightweight slings are easy to rig and highly adaptable. Widely used in construction and general industries, they are cost-effective, available in standard sizes, and easily replaceable.
  • The flexibility of synthetic slings allows them to mold to delicate or irregular loads, providing secure gripping in choker hitches. Their soft materials protect against scratches and crushing while lifting heavy loads. Versatile in vertical, choker, and basket hitches, they boast a Design Factor of 5:1 for added safety.
  • Ideal for explosive atmospheres due to non-sparking, non-conductive fibers, synthetic slings are susceptible to cuts, tears, and abrasions. Environmental factors like heat, chemicals, and UV rays can impact their strength. Ensure longevity by considering wear factors in diverse lifting applications.
    🌐 Explore our solutions:(www.sharehoist.com)
    📧 Email: marketing@sharehoist.com
YAVI-Full electric pallet truck

SHARE HOIST

A full electric pallet truck, also known as an electric pallet jack or electric stacker, is a type of material handling equipment that operates entirely on electric power. Unlike semi-electric pallet trucks that require manual propulsion, full electric pallet trucks utilize electric motors for both lifting and propulsion.A full electric pallet truck is powered by an electric motor for both forward and reverse movements. This eliminates the need for manual pushing or pulling, providing effortless maneuverability and reducing operator fatigue.

  1. Integrated casting hydraulic oilpump:Built-in imported seal, strong sealing, refuse oil leakage ,35mm strong hydraulic Rod support;
  2. Simple operation handle: Smart and flexible operation; 把手
  3. Brushless toothed motor:High-power brushless motor,Strong torque, double-driver;
  4. Battery portable handle: Easy to disassembleand move ;
  5. Thick clean steelspring :Long-lasting excellent elasticity;
    🌐 Explore our solutions:(www.sharehoist.com)
    📧 Email: marketing@sharehoist.com
YAVI-Grade 70 Chain Tightener

SHARE HOIST-YAVI Lever tighteners are commonly employed for cargo securing and binding, particularly in the transportation industry, such as on trucks and flatbed trailers. They are tools used to tighten chains or ropes, ensuring the secure and safe transport of goods.The main body of the lever tightener is often made of high-quality steel. Steel provides strength, durability, and resistance to wear and tear, making it suitable for heavy-duty applications.To further protect against corrosion and rust, lever tighteners feature coatings ,coatings include zinc plating or powder coating, providing an additional layer of defense against environmental elements.

  1. Smooth Surface with Spray Coating:

The surface is treated with spray coating, providing an attractive appearance and ensuring durability.

  1. Thickened Material:

Increased strength, resistance to deformation, and flexible operation.

  1. Special Thickened Hook:

Forged and thickened, the integrated hook is reliable, stable, and durable.

  1. Forged Lifting Ring:

Made of high-strength alloy steel through forging, it exhibits high strength and great tensile capacity.

🛒 Don’t miss out on our high-quality . For inquiries and orders, contact us at :
📧 marketing@sharehoist.com or
Explore more at www.sharehoist.com.

İNNOVAS

Unlocking the Potential of Automation in Chocolate Machinery and Conveyor Systems.

At İNNOVAS, we specialize in providing cutting-edge robotic applications tailored for the production of chocolate machines and conveyors. Our comprehensive solutions encompass every stage of the application lifecycle, ensuring a seamless transition from analysis to the final production phase.

skiting rubber sheets

skiting rubber sheets

rubber viton gasket

rubber viton gasket

Stacker / BOPT Polyurethane PU Load Wheels

Stacker / BOPT Polyurethane PU Load Wheels

Interested in this product? Get Best Quote Polyurethane Load Wheels
Interested in this product?

Get Best Quote

Polyurethane Load Wheels

Interested in this product?

Get Best Quote

Polyurethane Load Wheels

Interested in this product?

Get Best Quote

Polyurethane Load Wheels

Interested in this product?

Get Best Quote

Polyurethane Load Wheels

Interested in this product?

Get Best Quote

Polyurethane Load Wheels

Interested in this product?

Get Best Quote

Polyurethane Load Wheels

Interested in this product?

Get Best Quote

Polyurethane Load Wheels

Interested in this product?

Get Best Quote

Polyurethane Load Wheels

Interested in this product?

Get Best Quote

Polyurethane Load Wheels

Interested in this product?

Get Best Quote

Polyurethane Load Wheels

Interested in this product?

Get Best Quote

Polyurethane Load Wheels

Interested in this product?

Get Best Quote

Polyurethane Load Wheels

Interested in this product?

Get Best Quote

Polyurethane Load Wheels

Interested in this product?

Get Best Quote

Polyurethane Load Wheels

Interested in this product?

Get Best Quote

230x75 mm PU Heavy Duty Wheel, Load Capacity: 100-500kg

230×75 mm PU Heavy Duty Wheel, Load Capacity: 100-500kg

dum gate rubber seals

dum gate rubber seals

skiting rubber sheets

skiting rubber sheets

rubber viton gasket

rubber viton gasket

rubber air cell

rubebr air cell

Rubber Disc

Rubber Disc

Rubber Disc

Rubber Disc

rubber sleeves

Group

Moulded Rubber Products

Category

  • Rubber Sleeves

 

Specification/Additional Details

  • Shape Cylindrical
  • Size Customizable
  • Material Natural, EPDM, Silicone, Viton, Neoprene, Nitrle, Viton
  • Color Black
Polyurethane Chute Liner

Polyurethane Chute Liner 

ball mill rubber

ball mill rubber linears

Rubberized Cork Sheet

Rubberized Cork Sheet

silicon rubber sheets

Group

Rubber Sheet

Category

  • Silicone Rubber Sheets

 

Specification/Additional Details

  • Thickness AS PER REQUIREMENT
  • You Supply In Roll
  • Tensile Strength 12 Mpa
  • Color Multicolor
  • Usage/Application Industrial
epdm rubber sheets

epdm rubber sheets

nitrile rubbe sheets
  • Thickness customizable
  • You Supply In Roll
  • Tensile Strength 12 Mpa
  • Color Black
  • Material NBR
viton rubber sheets

Group

Rubber Sheet

Category

  • Viton Rubber Sheet
  • Synthetic Rubber Sheet

 

Group Rubber Fender Category Rubber Fender Marine Fender Specification/Additional Details Diameter As per Customer size or drawing Usage/Application Dock & Ship Material Rubber Type Rubber Fender Color Black

Group

Rubber Fender

Category

  • Dock Fenders
  • Rubber Fender

 

Specification/Additional Details

  • Brand RABBIT
  • Material Rubber
  • Usage/Application INDUSTRIAL
  • Color BLACK
  • Shape D

Country of Origin Made in India

marine boat flender

Group

Rubber Fender

Category

  • Rubber Fender
  • Marine Fender

 

Specification/Additional Details

  • Diameter As per Customer size or drawing
  • Usage/Application Dock & Ship
  • Material Rubber
  • Type Rubber Fender
  • Color Black
Chevron Belt Conveyor

Group

Conveyor Belt

Category

  • Chevron Belt
  • Belt Conveyors
Sidewall Belt ,

Group

Belt Conveyor

Category

  • Sidewall Belts
primary Conveyor Belt Cleaner

Group

Belt Scrapers

Category

  • Belt Scrapers
  • Belt Cleaners
Conveyor Impact Bar

Group

Conveyor Impact Bar

Category

  • Conveyor Components
  • Impact Tools
Impact Slide Bars

The Pads combines the salient features of UHMWPE and Rubber. UHMWPE has very low coefficient of friction while Rubber has good impact absorption and cushioning Rubber. Pads are reinforced with Aluminium channel for superior strength

Steel Backed Rubber Wear Liners

Steel Backed Rubber Wear Liners 

wear resistant rubber liner for ball mill and mill and industry like ceramic and minerals

Group

Rubber Lining

Ceramic Embedded Rubber Liners
Color
Tiles – White, Rubber- Black/Red
Brand
RABBIT
Material
Tiles- High Aluminia, Rubber – Natural and SBR Blended
Size
250mm x 250mm x Thickness 20mm to 100mm, any custom size with suitable minimum order quantity
Corrosion Proof
Yes
Ceramic Embedded Rubber Liners
Color
Tiles – White, Rubber- Black/Red
Brand
RABBIT
Material
Tiles- High Aluminia, Rubber – Natural and SBR Blended
Size
250mm x 250mm x Thickness 20mm to 100mm, any custom size with suitable minimum order quantity
Corrosion Proof
Yes
pulley lagging rubber sheets
Thickness
8mm, 10mm, 12mm, 15mm, 20mm, 25mm
You Supply In
Meter
Tensile Strength
12MPa to 20MPa
Color
Black, Other color available on request
Material
RUBBER
ceramic laging rubber sheets
Thickness(mm) 10
Color Black
Size 430mm x 480mm
Transparent Non Transparent
Material Natural rubber with SBR Blended
Water Resistance Yes
Customized Yes
Shape Sqare
ceramic laging rubber sheets
Thickness(mm) 10
Color Black
Size 430mm x 480mm
Transparent Non Transparent
Material Natural rubber with SBR Blended
Water Resistance Yes
Customized Yes
Shape Sqare
ROTOMOLDED COOLERS

Boright cooler box with rotomolded construction,which can keeps cold up to 7 days. And Boright Evaporative air cooler with rotomolding shell, please contct us for more details.

PE WAX, external Lubricant for PVC

Polyethylene Wax, PE WAX HDPE grade

High-Density Polyethylene Wax

Origin: Iran

BBQ Grills

This lamb bbq roaster is used for bbq large lamb, hug, chicken,etc.

This cyprus bbq grill is used for roasting meat kebab, fish, vegetable,chicken,etc.

This greek bbq grill is used for roasting meat kebab, fish, vegetable,chicken,etc.

MMO Titanium Anode

Price:10-10000$

Ruthenium-Iridium oxide coating, Ruthenium-Titanium coating; PT/IR/Ru Coated Titanium Anode/Mmo Coating Titanium Sheets Anode/Electrode DSA

Titanium Screws

Price:0.5-10$

ASTM F468 ASME B18.3 DIN 912 DIN 6912 I SO 12474 ISO 4762

Mechanical support system parts

Earthing Systems

In electricity terms, earthing is connecting a conductive element to the ground via a conductive path.

Protective Earthing
Protective earhing (RA) is earthing of metal parts -that do not carry voltage under normal operation but may carry voltage due to a fault- in order to protect people or other living things against hazardous touch or step voltage.
In a low resistance protective earthing, a fault voltage is fed through the faulty circuit during the fault, therefore enabling the breakers to
instantly break the circuit and therefore cut the energy on the faulty circuit.

Operational and Functional Earthing
Operational Earthing (RB) is the earthing of the voltage of active parts of operational devices of an electrical facility that are under voltage
against earth in attempt to keep at a specific value (e.g. star point earthing)
Functional Earthing (RF) is earthing of a communication facility or an operational device in order to resume the desired function.

Gun sling swivel S-4001

– Loop resist pulling strength up to more than 160lbs;

– Sizes 1inch, 1.25inch available for options;

– Loop rotatable;

– Assemble with alloy screw nut; plastic type (avoid scratch) available for options;

– Electrophoresis black finish;

– Economic type, bulk ship from $0.59~$0.53/pc;

– Low MOQ limitation (50pcs), wholesale and retail are both welcome;

– Laser logo service available, only with extra  $0.05/pc;

– Regarding packing method: 1>bulk pack; 2>every two pieces per plastic bag with seal and outside stick item label for wholesaler; 3>every two pieces per clam shell and printed header card for retailer.

Gun sling swivel S-4001

– Loop resist pulling strength up to more than 160lbs;

– Sizes 1inch, 1.25inch available for options;

– Loop rotatable;

– Assemble with alloy screw nut; plastic type (avoid scratch) available for options;

– Electrophoresis black finish;

– Economic type, bulk ship from $0.59~$0.53/pc;

– Low MOQ limitation (50pcs), wholesale and retail are both welcome;

– Laser logo service available, only with extra  $0.05/pc;

– Regarding packing method: 1>bulk pack; 2>every two pieces per plastic bag with seal and outside stick item label for wholesaler; 3>every two pieces per clam shell and printed header card for retailer.

Welding Robot

The welding robot is an industrial robot engaged in welding, mainly includes robot and welding equipment. The robot consists of the robot body and the control cabinet (hardware and software). welding equipment for arc welding consists of the welding power, wire feeder, welding torch etc, for intelligent welding robot it should also have a sensing system, such as laser or camera sensors etc.

Road Marking Machine

道路标线机(道路标线机)是道路标线的专用设备。

用于高速公路,道路轴线,车道线,社区,机场等。标记各种具有反射性的热塑性或冷线,如直线,虚线,曲线,箭头和字母。

Acoustic diagnostic tester of gas shut-off valves of ground-based design: TA-4 "Iskatel-4"

Portable device TA-4 allows you to: – Eliminate gas losses through leaks in the gas valve gate – Extend the service life of gas taps up to several times eliminating the progressive erosional destruction of the gate seals at an early stage of the defect appearance – Estimate the volume of gas overflow through the leakage – Exclude cutting out working, but not adjusted for the ball valve (due to a special method of adjusting the final position of the ball valve, excluding the "under-closing" of the valve when a backlash appears between the actuator and the ball) -Saving expensive sealing pastes in the process of secondary sealing for the ball valve, with full control of the process efficiency

Acoustic diagnostic tester of gas valves: TA-3 "Seeker-2"

TA-3 devices allow you to: -Exclude gas losses -Extend the service life of gas taps up to several times (excluding one of the main reasons for failure of the valve – progressive erosional destruction of the gate seals) -Estimate the volume of gas losses (or gas overflow through leaks) -Exclude cutting out a serviceable, but not adjusted FOR (due to a special technique for adjusting the final position of the ball valve, excluding "under-closing" of the valve when a backlash appears between the actuator and the ball) -Saving expensive sealing pastes in the process of secondary sealing of the FOR, with full control of the process efficiency

Gas spark plug meter ISU-2

– quantitative measurement of the consumption volume of leaks through non-hermetic SZA; – certification of leaks, creation and maintenance of a database on the state of a specific SZA; and / or bypass valves (an unambiguous conclusion on the restoration of tightness or replacement of the ZA) – monitoring the tightness of the SZA after commissioning or repair and restoration work Tech. specifications Gas volumetric flow measurement range, m3 / min DN50 – DN125 0.00006 – 2 DN150 – DN400 0.00006 – 5 Relative error limits,% ± (3.7 + 0.000025 / Q *) Explosion protection – intrinsically safe electrical circuit: 1Ex ib IIA T4 Gb X Temperature range of the measured medium, С ° from -10 to +50 Weight, kg: – operator panel – 0.5 – small meter – 1.0 – large meter (without a dock seal) – 1.98 – the whole set in case – 31 Completeness:  operator panel ISU-2 – 1 pc small meter IM-100 – 1 pc large meter IB-400 – 1 pc power battery – 6 pcs charger (~ 220/4 , 2 ─ 12 / 4.2V) – 1 pc. Pump – 1 pc.  dock seals – 4 pcs. case – 1 pc.

Acoustic diagnostic complex ADK-1.1

– Determination of the presence of leaks through the shut-off element of the gas shut-off valve of any type and diameter during routine inspections, seasonal maintenance, technical diagnostics of the valve; – Digital display of the leak rate and a rough estimate of the volume of gas flow through the leak tightness of the valve of the tested valve; – Monitoring the effectiveness of the "packing process "Sealing paste in the gate of an unsealed tap; – Preventive maintenance and express diagnostics of ZA (without any dismantling) in operating mode; – Checking the tightness of the valve after starting-up and adjustment or repair and restoration work; – Excluding cases of cutting out a serviceable, but not adjusted by the valve, when the valve is "overclosed" or "not closed" due to wear of the drive elements; – Creation and maintenance of a database on the state of the diagnosed cranes.

pipe

pipe metal

VKOP-E-100 overturning cooking boiler with internal copper tank
Process filter, cell 0.35mm, with a lid on swivel wing bolts with mechanical seal, for sugar syrup, with milk ...

Process filter, mesh 0.35mm, with a cover on swivel wing bolts with mechanical seal, for sugar syrup, with DIN50 milk inlet and outlet nuts

EM BACTERIA

Concentrate "Em-Eco" – is an analogue of the microbiological preparation "Vostok EM-1" approved for use in accordance with the sanitary-epidemiological conclusion No. 2116 77.01.03.929.P.10999.05.3. dated 06.05.2003, issued by the State Sanitary and Epidemiological Service of the Russian Federation, the Chief State Sanitary Doctor in Moscow. TU 9291-00152420326-2003. It is a complex of specially selected natural anaerobic and aerobic microorganisms of various types, adapted to local conditions and multiplied in the Kumitsky Reactor bioreactor: lactic acid, photosynthetic, nitrogen-fixing bacteria, yeast, actinomycetes, fungi and their metabolic products. Microorganisms are selected taking into account the requirements of the trophic chain and form a symbiotic complex. It is non-toxic in all respects, harmless to humans, animals and birds, side effects and complications are excluded. The preparation uses only natural beneficial microorganisms, which are classified under the general name "EM". APPLICATION OF "VOSTOK EM-1" IN PLANT GROWING (Table – among the images for the product.) Low-fertile soil or depleted soil of greenhouses is filled with organic matter (straw, leaf litter, peat, sawdust, pine bark, husk, etc.) and spilled with a solution ( 1: 100) at the rate of 2 liters per 1 square meter. Soil preparation in the fall, after harvesting, is carried out by irrigating the soil with a working solution (1: 100) with a nutrient medium (add a little something sweet to the solution: old jam, molasses, mashed potatoes from overripe spoiled sweet fruits, waste from a juicer, etc.), followed by surface cultivation of the soil with a hoe, flat cutter or "Strizh" cultivator. (The task is to lightly embed straw, stems and weeds into the soil to accelerate their decomposition and turn into humus. In spring, at temperatures above + 10 ° C, do the same 2 weeks before sowing or planting crops. solution (1: 1000), soaking lasts from 15 minutes to 2 hours (depending on the type of plant and seed size). Effective microorganisms of the drug suppress pathogens on the surface of the seeds, and also decompose the seed coat, accelerating water wetting and germination of the embryo. plants are sprayed with a solution (1: 1000) in order to prevent diseases. For the treatment of seedlings (watering and spraying), a solution (1: 2000) is used. Watering with a working solution is carried out no more than once a week. For root watering of plants, a solution is used (1: 1000) . Plants are watered no more than once a week. The rate of application is 2 liters per 1 square meter. Increasing the safety of root crops during storage: treat the storage room with a solution (1: 100), ventilate. Rinse root crops or spray with a solution (1: 200), dry thoroughly and store). For the preparation of compost, herbal infusions and warm beds, a working solution (1: 100) is used. Indoor plants are sprayed with a working solution (1: 1000). Plants develop faster and better, the number of flower stalks increases. Medical Use 1. For the treatment of fungal diseases of the feet with a solution in a concentration of 1: 100, the affected areas are moistened with a tampon for 10 minutes. Some people use the drug in its pure form, without diluting with water. 2. For the treatment of dysbiosis, take 1 teaspoon of the drug at night 1 time in 1-3 days or 1 tablespoon 1 time per week. As a result, the swelling is relieved, the skin becomes clean, the bowel function is normalized. 3. For the treatment of sinusitis, a solution of the EM drug 1: 100.4 is instilled into the nose. To eliminate inflammation on the skin of an allergic nature, the affected surface of the skin is moistened with a solution of EM-1 1: 100.5. For the treatment of angina and respiratory diseases at an early stage, gargle with undiluted Vostok EM-1 (at least 3 times a day), after the procedure do not eat or drink anything for 2 hours, drink 1 tablespoon of pure EM-preparation once at night .6. In case of poisoning, dilute 1-2 teaspoons of Vostok EM-1 in 100 ml of water and drink. Pain, nausea disappear in 10-15 minutes. 7. The Japanese treat liver diseases by giving patients from 10 to 100 ml of an EM preparation daily. get rid of smoke and pet odors. Chandelier. Spray with solution (1: 1000). The nicotine smell and dust will disappear. They get ticks. Spray with solution (1: 1000) until carpet is damp. It is noticed that after drying the carpets become lighter, cleaner. Curtains. Dust settles on them, they are saturated with smell. Spray with solution (1: 1000) Entrance foot mats. The unpleasant smell will disappear after applying the solution (1: 1000). Glass doors, windows, TV. Spray with a solution (1: 500), wipe, spray again after 10 minutes and wipe. After processing, they become much cleaner.Bed. Spray with solution (1: 1000) until damp. It has been noticed that the bed becomes lighter, and, in addition, it seems that the linen does not need to be washed and ironed. The tick that causes attacks of bronchial asthma disappears. Leather items. After processing, mold on leather things decreases and an unpleasant odor disappears. Fur and suede products, woolen coats, woolen products. Treat 1-2 times with a solution (1: 1000). The pile becomes shiny, and suede products do not shine, woolen coats are renewed. Wall above the slab and other surfaces: spray the solution (1: 200) twice with an interval of 10 minutes and wipe. Microwave: spray the solution inside (1: 500), wipe after 10 minutes. Cutting board: spray with solution (1: 500). Sprinkle the refrigerator with a solution (1: 500) periodically. Sink, wash. Pour the solution (1:10) and do not use them for 12 hours. There will be cleansing from fat deposits, mucus inside the siphons and pipes. Sprinkle the trash can with a solution (1: 500). The mucus and debris smell will disappear. Periodically keep in a solution (1: 200) for 2-3 hours. Knives do not rust and dull less. Bathroom, toilet. Spray the door and walls with a solution (1: 500) twice and wipe. Unpleasant odors disappear, feces are quickly processed and converted into fertilizers. A solution (1:10) with a nutrient medium (1 tablespoon per 1 liter of solution) is used. Repeat the treatment 2 times a month. Solution consumption – 1 liter per 1 cubic meter of feces. Treat the interior of the car with a solution (1: 1000). The amount of dust is significantly reduced.

ECOKLADIN BIOFERTILIZER

Preparations of the EKOKLADIN series are a mixture of tolerant microorganisms and cultures of associative fungi adapted for wide use in various soil and climatic zones of an organic carrier capable of maintaining productive health for a long time, the ability to rapidly multiply cellulosolytic properties. The fundamental difference of the preparation is the way microorganisms penetrate into the soil or soil. Fungi and bacteria get into different conditions with their shelter and stocks of products and can in the shortest time produce a large number of beneficial microorganisms that can fight pathogenic and opportunistic bacteria and fungi (fusarium, rust, root rot, etc.). Since microorganisms are protected by the organic base of the drug, the drug can be used both at a favorable time for working with biological products, and at other times, convenient for agricultural work. The drug can be applied by surface spraying, mixed with a variety of granular fertilizers, cereals, legumes, oilseeds, technical, vegetable crops during sowing or feeding. When planting root crops and onion crops, as well as during transplantation, treatment with "Ecocladin" promotes the rapid formation of a favorable environment in various substrates in the root space. straw bales, coconut, bamboo and other organic and inorganic substrates). The cellulosolytic properties of the preparation "Ecocladin" are due to the unique selection of symbiotic mushrooms that have a powerful potential for decomposition of crop residues embedded in the soil and stubble. In addition to breaking down organic residues, inhabited fungi heal the soil and create conditions for the restoration of agrobiocenosis (reproduction of earthworms, insects, etc.) and natural soil fertility. , vegetable, technical, etc.) and their assimilation of nutrients introduced by man and the involvement of plant absorption of substances from the decomposition of crop residues and green manure. Application of a dry preparation is possible with incorporation into the soil or without it. After application, add plenty of water. the bacterium wakes up only in a humid environment. The application rate of the drug is 0.1 kg. for 1 sq. 200 ml can be dissolved. dry matter in 10 liters. preferably non-chlorinated warm water, let it brew for 30-40 minutes. and process the root zone of plants. Watering is desirable in the evening, because bacteria do not like direct exposure to sunlight. "Ecocladin" Made from animal and bird waste (manure or poultry droppings) using a complex of microorganisms and is used for pre-sowing treatment of seeds, seedlings, root dressing as the main organic fertilizer of agricultural and indoor plants, gardening, as well as improving soil fertility. Ichemotroph autotrophs. The producer Azotobacter chroococcum belongs to the genus-aerobic free-living soil bacteria that fix nitrogen in the air and use it as a product of their vital activity. When they decompose in the soil, nutrients available to plants are formed. Depending on the soil and climatic conditions, the volume of nitrogen fixation can reach up to 45 kg and more per hectare. The development of bacteria A. Chroococcum in soil occurs in the range from + 5C to 45C, however, the optimal temperature of nitrogen fixation is in the range of 20C – 40C. In soil bacteria are able to use carbon compounds as a source of energy: mono- and disaccharides, which it oxidizes to carbon dioxide, as well as alcohols, salts of organic and even aromatic acids. is effective for all types of plants. When caring for tea plantations, agronomic techniques are used – this is pruning and rejuvenation of the bushes. The sawn top and trunk parts cover the near-stem part of the bush with a mulch layer, which is favorable conditions for the development of actinomycetes. Actinomycetes accelerate the processing of plant residues (fiber lignin and cutin), converting them into carbon, vitamins, growth stimulants, and also create an aerobic layer that retains moisture well in the soil. Ekocladina bacteria effectively develop in moist soils with the reaction of soil solution pH 4, 8-8, 0

Telescope "TOURIST 14"

The pankratic telescope "TOURIST 14x-50xx 60" is designed for observing distant objects at temperatures from -15 ° C to + 45 ° C. It can be used by tourists, hunters, athletes, and astronomy lovers. Those. specifications Technical characteristics Magnification range 14x – 50x Field of view, within deg320 '- 50' Exit pupil diameter mm4.3 – 1.2 Resolution limit for the entire magnification range p.5.5 Ocular refocusing range +5 to -5 Minimum observation distance At minimum magnification 10 At maximum magnification 70 Objective light diameter mm 60 Overall dimensions mm Ø 68.0 x 480 Massakg1.0

Lots of wax

A batch of NS wax is used as a method, paraffin wax for the production of candles, coincidence, and a saturation feather, for the production of high density fiberboard (due to the addition of moisture protection capabilities). production of candles, coincidence, and the saturation feather of high density fiberboard others

Washing unit Frictional (with the possibility of heating water)

The water can be used both hot and cold. Detergents can also be used for cleaning. The main working bodies of the unit are three centrifugal blowers with which it is equipped. Each centrifugal blower is actually a specially designed friction centrifuge. During the operation of centrifugal blowers, a number of physical processes take place in them, which simultaneously ensure the separation and removal of contaminants from the material being processed. At the inlet to the blowers, a significant uncharged pressure is created, which allows the material to be “sucked in” into its working area. Together with the material, working water is supplied to the inlet of the blower, which washes away impurities, coagulates them and gives them additional mass. The impeller of the supercharger and the walls of its perforated shell create the effect of friction and, in fact, "wipe" the dirt from the material. The high speed of rotation of the impeller creates significant centrifugal forces, due to which "rubbed off" and acquired an additional mass of pollution fly out together with water through the shell perforation, and the material, because has a particle size larger than the perforation hole, is transferred to the next centrifugal blower. To improve the efficiency of the equipment, its manufacturability, reduce the periods of stoppages for maintenance, the unit can be equipped with various additional equipment, such as a storage tank with the function of separating contaminants by density, an autonomous water purification system from mechanical and dissolved contaminants, and others. (The picture shows the friction washer unit in the maximum configuration. The final configuration of the supplied unit corresponds to the list of options selected by the Customer specified in the item "Optional equipment"). The unit can operate both in a flow-through mode (working water washes away impurities and is discharged outside the unit), and in a cyclic mode (working water washes away impurities and drains into a tank, from which it is again pumped into the unit). The flow-through mode is most useful when cleaning contaminants such as cement, sugar, flour, etc., which quickly turn water into a solution, syrup or paste and deprive it of its detergency. The use of a cyclic mode of operation of the Unit can be used when washing mechanical impurities or when equipping the unit with a water purification system. The material supplied to the unit must be pre-crushed. The particle size of film and filamentary materials should be no more than 40 mm on the largest side, and solid – no more than 25 mm. Both those and other particles must be at least 5-7 mm. Processing of PET waste, film and filamentary, solid thin-walled into secondary raw materials

Boiler equipment: steam boilers, hot water boilers, boiler plants

LLC MPVF "Energetik" is a boiler plant, which is a highly specialized company that develops, manufactures and sells a wide range of products that are of high quality production. Reasonable price of the manufactured equipment, its highest quality, as well as convenient and effective warranty and service are the main secrets of the plant's success. Those. specifications LLC "Monastyrischenskaya Production and Implementation Firm" Energetik "is a modern Ukrainian plant of industrial steam boilers with a steam capacity of 0.4-25 t / h and hot water boilers with a capacity of 0.25-180 MW, modular boiler plants TKU and BMVKU, as well as a wide range of auxiliary boiler equipment. LLC "MPVF" Energetik "was founded on November 15, 2000 in the town of Monastyryshche, Cherkasy region. The first products of the plant were boilers of the E1.0–0.9 series. Today the enterprise produces more than 400 types of boiler equipment of various capacities. On the territory of the plant there are 7 workshops with a total area of over 12,000 m². The total number of technological equipment is 274 units, including unique ones. The production employs 264 employees, of which 70 are engineering and technical personnel. For 16 years of work, the company has implemented more than 1000 successful projects. Scientific and technical potential Development and implementation of non-standard equipment into production is carried out under the leadership of the Kiev Engineering Center, which is part of the structure of the enterprise. The division is engaged in the improvement of existing units and products, develops design documentation for customer requirements, performs thermal, aerodynamic, hydraulic calculations and strength calculations, consults clients. labor productivity and product quality. High-precision cutting of metal is carried out using a plasma cutting machine Vanad (Czech Republic). Longitudinal and circumferential seams of steam boiler drums and tank shells are made by the method of double-sided automatic submerged-arc welding on ESAB equipment (Sweden). An innovative welding complex makes it possible to weld shells and drums of boilers up to 12,000 mm in length and up to 3,200 mm in diameter. Plant "MPVF" Energetik "produces a full range of elements and components required for maintenance and repair of boiler equipment. The location of production in the central part of Ukraine allows the supply of spare parts in the shortest possible time, reducing the duration of downtime. Competitive price, high quality equipment, efficient service are the main factors for the success of the Energetik plant on the way to achieving leadership positions among Ukrainian manufacturers of boiler equipment.

Sorbent for the removal of oil products SORBITEX

Highly efficient sorbent for the removal of SORBITEX oil products. An environmentally friendly solution for spills of petroleum products: gasoline, oil, oils and other types from hard surfaces. Laureate of the 100 best goods of Russia award. Those. specifications Mineral sorbent of petroleum products, multiple use is possible, fraction 0.0-1.0 mm.

Electrochemical machine

Electrochemical precision automatic copy-broaching machine model SFE-5000M with an industrial station Advantech, has the ability to process parts with a total total area of up to 40 cm2. materials with a conductive coating applied to them (example by electroplating). Those. specifications The maximum area of the simultaneously processed surface and the end part of the workpiece (stamp) is up to 40 cm2

Universal Lathe ST16k20 Series

The machines are modern versions of 16k20 and 16k25 machines and can be used in various industries for various machining operations and various materials: outer and inner diameter of processing; external, internal, metric, inch, modular, worm tapping; drilling, boring. The strong structure of the casting of the bed and its precision hardened-ground zippers provide professionals in the processing, stable and reliable performance. Due to the high precision: shafts, bearings, drive shaft housing and set, the machine is particularly rigid. This allows heavy-duty handling to take full advantage of the engine's power. The machines are manufactured using advanced technology, easy to operate and to maintain accuracy over a long period of time. Hardened and precision ground worm gear main spindle to improve productivity; ensure quiet operation and long service life of the machine and smooth gear shifting. Metallurgy factories, shops, repairs and large plants

Ladle
protective rubber pneumatic

Shows NVK-3-Dimensions 2000×3600 mass – 800 kg, Internal Pressure – 80-100 MPa pressure perceived below 50% compression – 1100 kN beat water – up to 7 balls ambient temperature from -40 C to +45 C minimum age from 7 years Tech. specifications Shows NVK-3-Dimensions 2000×3600 mass – 800 kg, Internal Pressure – 80-100 MPa pressure, perceived below 50% compression – 1100 kN beat water – up to 7 balls ambient temperature from -40 C to +45 C minimum age from 7 years

Tires rubber mudguards
Additive to lubricants - anti-wear nanomodifier "Striboil" _copy

Antiwear nanomodifier "Striboil" – a product of nanotechnology, significantly reduces mechanical friction losses and increases the period of equipment uptime, extends the life of lubricants and fine filters, has antioxidant and detergent properties. This makes it possible to reduce the use of traditional oils and additives, and, accordingly, reduce the cost of the lubricant. Processing with a nanomodifier does not require stopping the equipment and is carried out in the normal operation mode. It is important that the application of the nanomodifier does not require high qualification of the service personnel. Antiwear nanomodifier is used to service various types of equipment: – cars, trucks, tractors, truck cranes; – tractors, combines, other agricultural machinery; – excavators, graders, bulldozers, dump trucks, drilling equipment; – lifts, cranes, other loading equipment; – locomotives, wagons, electric trains; – container ships, tankers, bulk carriers, dry cargo ships, cruise liners, tugs; Can be used wherever there are mechanical friction units: – diesel and gasoline engines; – gas and steam turbines; – electric motors and generators; – pumps , compressors, blowers; – hydraulic equipment; – other mechanisms;

Additive to lubricants - antiwear nanomodifier "Striboil"

Antiwear nanomodifier "Striboil" – a product of nanotechnology, significantly reduces mechanical friction losses and increases the period of equipment uptime, extends the life of lubricants and fine filters, has antioxidant and detergent properties. This makes it possible to reduce the use of traditional oils and additives, and, accordingly, reduce the cost of the lubricant. Processing with a nanomodifier does not require stopping the equipment and is carried out in the normal operation mode. It is important that the application of the nanomodifier does not require high qualification of the service personnel. Antiwear nanomodifier is used to service various types of equipment: – cars, trucks, tractors, truck cranes; – tractors, combines, other agricultural machinery; – excavators, graders, bulldozers, dump trucks, drilling equipment; – lifts, cranes, other loading equipment; – locomotives, wagons, electric trains; – container ships, tankers, bulk carriers, dry cargo ships, cruise liners, tugs; Can be used wherever there are mechanical friction units: – diesel and gasoline engines; – gas and steam turbines; – electric motors and generators; – pumps , compressors, blowers; – hydraulic equipment; – other mechanisms;

DMEU-MI differential pressure gauge

Differential pressure gauge DMEU-MI 400 / 5-0 2010 , from storage new, sale and delivery Tech. Specifications Pressure transducers are designed to convert into a unified current signal: – Differential pressures of liquid and gaseous media, as well as steam; – the pressure difference between liquid and gaseous media, as well as steam; – liquid level; – consumption of liquid and gaseous media, as well as steam. The devices are designed for nuclear power plants; converters are maintainable. DMEU-MI, kgf / cm20.04; 0.063; 0.1; 0.16; 0.25; 0.4; 0.63; 1; 1.6; 2.5

HOIST (WINCH) ELECTRIC RA-250/500/1000/1200 series
Powder column PKU-1DU

Technical characteristics: Productivity – 250-300 holes per shift. Durability – 4000 number of shots. Diameter of a punched hole – 35 mm. Concrete thickness – up to 50 mm. Concrete grade – 200-400. Used cartridges "D". Overall dimensions, mm – 1350х80х52. Weight – 5.4 kg.

Electric car "Mongoose-2-Electro"

The machine allows the weld bead at the ends of the pipe to remove the inner and outer edges to remove the weld bead between the pipe and the lattice pipe. The use of additional kits allows you to drill tubesheet holes from 51 to 76 mm OD and 5 mm wall thickness, cavalzani up to 50 mm deep and cut 51 to 76 mm OD connections from small diameter thin-walled manifolds. Power supply voltage from 220 V.

Winch TOR CD-300-A (KCD-300 kg, 220 v) with 30 m rope

load 300 kg voltage 220 V rope 30 m motor 1.6 kW size, mm 510x310x300 weight 37 kg

Electric car "mongoose-MIDI-Electro"

The machine allows you to remove internal and external aspects, strip ACE welding pipe ends with wall thickness up to 6 mm, to remove solder between pipe and pipe, sheet. The use of an additional set allows you to drill holes in the tube sheet, pipes with an outer diameter of 29 to 42 mm and a wall thickness of up to 5 mm, cavalzani to a depth of 50 mm Single-phase motor, ~ 220 V, 0.67 kW.

Hand gear hoists (TRSH / 622-A)
Pneumatic machine "Mongoose-2 MT"

In its basic configuration, it is designed for processing pipes with an inner diameter of 39 to 104 mm and an outer diameter of up to 120 mm. Cleaning the inside and outside surfaces. Clean the front panel, inside and outside. Have an oblique cut of the pipeline required after various types of cutting in measure when construction and renovation

Hydraulic trolley AC
AC Series Hand Truck Platform
water-soluble microfertilizer "HELATEM Zn 15"

Trace elements in chelated form are used as fertilizers for fertilizing agricultural and ornamental crops on various types of soils in open and protected ground. They are designed to compensate for micronutrient deficiencies. They can be used for root and foliar feeding of plants. Lawn., Ornamental trees and shrubs., Green crops., Cereals, leguminous crops., Vegetable crops., Fruit crops., Industrial crops., Coniferous crops., Flower and decorative crops., Berry crops

water-soluble microfertilizer "HELATEM Fe 6"

Trace elements in chelated form are used as fertilizers for fertilizing agricultural and ornamental crops on various types of soils in open and protected ground. They are designed to compensate for micronutrient deficiencies. They can be used for root and foliar feeding of plants. Lawn., Ornamental trees and shrubs., Green crops., Cereals, leguminous crops., Vegetable crops., Fruit crops., Industrial crops., Coniferous crops., Flower and decorative crops., Berry crops.

water-soluble microfertilizer "HELATEM Cu 15"

Trace elements in chelated form are used as fertilizers for fertilizing agricultural and ornamental crops on various types of soils in open and protected ground. They are designed to compensate for micronutrient deficiencies. They can be used for root and foliar feeding of plants. Lawn., Ornamental trees and shrubs., Green crops., Cereals, leguminous crops., Vegetable crops., Fruit crops., Industrial crops., Coniferous crops., Flower and decorative crops., Berry crops.

water-soluble complex mineral fertilizer "Aquarin-6"

Water-soluble complex mineral fertilizer with chelated microelements. It is intended for feeding field, garden, ornamental, vegetable crops in open and protected ground using any irrigation and irrigation systems, for corrective foliar dressing, as an antistressant during pesticide treatments and unfavorable weather conditions. ., Cereals, legumes., Vegetable crops., Fruit crops., Industrial crops., Coniferous crops., Flower and decorative crops., Berry crops.

water-soluble complex mineral fertilizer "Aquarin-5"

Water-soluble complex mineral fertilizer with chelated microelements. It is intended for feeding field, garden, ornamental, vegetable crops in open and protected ground using any irrigation and irrigation systems, for corrective foliar dressing, as an antistressant during pesticide treatments and unfavorable weather conditions. ., Cereals, legumes., Vegetable crops., Fruit crops., Industrial crops., Coniferous crops., Flower and decorative crops., Berry crops.

water-soluble complex mineral fertilizer "Aquarin-3"

Water-soluble complex mineral fertilizer with chelated microelements. It is intended for feeding field, garden, ornamental, vegetable crops in open and protected ground using any irrigation and irrigation systems, for corrective foliar dressing, as an antistressant during pesticide treatments and unfavorable weather conditions. ., Cereals, legumes., Vegetable crops., Fruit crops., Industrial crops., Coniferous crops., Flower and decorative crops., Berry crops.

water-soluble complex mineral fertilizer "Aquarin-15"

Water-soluble complex mineral fertilizer with chelated microelements. It is intended for feeding field, garden, ornamental, vegetable crops in open and protected ground using any irrigation and irrigation systems, for corrective foliar dressing, as an antistressant during pesticide treatments and unfavorable weather conditions. ., Cereals, legumes., Vegetable crops., Fruit crops., Industrial crops., Coniferous crops., Flower and decorative crops., Berry crops.

water-soluble complex mineral fertilizer "Aquarin-13"

Water-soluble complex mineral fertilizer with chelated microelements. It is intended for feeding field, garden, ornamental, vegetable crops in open and protected ground using any irrigation and irrigation systems, for corrective foliar dressing, as an antistressant during pesticide treatments and unfavorable weather conditions. ., Cereals, legumes., Vegetable crops., Fruit crops., Industrial crops., Coniferous crops., Flower and decorative crops., Berry crops.

water-soluble complex mineral fertilizer "Aquarin-1"

Water-soluble complex mineral fertilizer with chelated microelements. It is intended for feeding field, garden, ornamental, vegetable crops in open and protected ground using any irrigation and irrigation systems, for corrective foliar dressing, as an antistressant during pesticide treatments and unfavorable weather conditions. ., Cereals, legumes., Vegetable crops., Fruit crops., Industrial crops., Coniferous crops., Flower and decorative crops., Berry crops.

Tank and reactor made of polypropylene

Reactors made of polypropylene meet all the requirements for ensuring safe operation, including vibration, noise and strength characteristics. Reactors can be supplied with: stirrers, chemically resistant pipelines, instrumentation, etc. Reactors are designed and manufactured according to the technical specifications of the Customer (sketches, drawings ). Those. specifications According to the drawings and technical specifications of the customer

Vacuum Forming Machine

Name of indicators 1. Productivity, pcs / h, depending on the type of sheet 2. Molding area, m ² 6.03. Dimensions of the formed sheet, mm. 3000х2000 4. Thickness of the formed sheet, mm 0.3 – 12.05. Heater power, kW-maximum 231-in operating mode 150-2006. Nominal pressure in the pneumatic system, MPa 0.6 ± 0.37. Supply voltage, V 3808. Current frequency, Hz 509. The number of heating control zones is 17410. Overall dimensions, (LxWxH) mm4800x4000x3000 Tech. specifications Machine dimensions in plan: ● length (depth): 5300 mm, ● width: 4400 mm, ● height: 3920 mm.1.2. The size of the blanks to be formed: ● 3000 x2000 mm1.3. Drawing depth (maximum): 700 mm 1.4. Effective forming area: ● min: as agreed with the customer ● max: 2950 x 1950 mm

Bioelectric power plant BGU100

The energy complex provides processing of manure of 500 pigs in a volume of 5 tons / day (humidity 80%). Biogas plant BGU-100 provides disinfection of cattle manure. Designed for autonomous provision of farms, state enterprises, small urban settlements. Those. specifications The energy complex provides processing in the amount of 5 tons / day (humidity 80%). Biogas plant BGU-100 provides disinfection of cattle manure, production of biogas in the amount of 8m3 / hour. Electricity generation from biogas – 10 kW Or heat energy generation from biogas – 20 kW. EK 100 station Electricity generation is 16 kW, while auxiliary needs will be about 3 kW. Heat generation will be about 0.1 Gcal. The amount of ash, which can be used as fertilizer, at the output will be about 250 / day.

Bioelectric power station BGU 5000

The biogas plant is designed to process 100 tons of organic waste per day, providing biogas output in the amount of 350 m3 per hour. Electricity generation from biogas – 1 MW Heat energy generation from biogas –3.9 Gcal / hour). Those. specifications The organic waste disposal center provides processing of excess activated sludge in the amount of 280 m3 / day (humidity 92-95%), as well as food organic waste, agricultural and crop waste in the amount of 100 tons / day (humidity ~ 70%). includes: 1. A complex of biogas plants BGU – 5000 (4 vertical reactors with a volume of 1250 m3 each), which provides processing of a mixture of organic waste, production of biogas in the amount of 350 m3 / h. 2. A cogeneration station: Generation of electrical energy from biogas – 785 kW. from biogas – 1344 kW (1.2 Gcal / h). 3. Separation unit: Separation of the effluent into solid and liquid fractions, with the return of the liquid fraction back to the fermentation cycle. 4. Station SBTT-1.5: The station is designed for drying the solid fraction effluent 5. Station EK-1.5: The station is designed for combustion of effluent. Electricity generation is 1.5 MW, auxiliary needs will be about 500 kW. Heat generation will be about 3.9 Gcal. The amount of ash, which can be used as fertilizer, at the output will be about 15 tons / day.

Anti-corrosion primer-enamel NANO-FIX ANTICOR

The primer has the ability to penetrate into microcracks and pores of the metal while simultaneously suppressing the incipient corrosion processes. At the same time, strong chelate complexes with the polymer component of the primer are formed on the metal surface, which reliably protect the metal from external influences. This mechanism of action allows NANO-FIX "Anticor" to firmly bind a layer of rust up to 100 microns. NANO-FIX "Anticor" contains nanosized silicic acid sol and alumosol (boehmite). The addition of nanosized sols to the NANO-FIX "Anticor" composition provides a significant decrease in the content of organic binder while maintaining the elasticity of the coating and a significant increase in adhesion to various surfaces, as well as the cohesive strength of the coating itself. At the same time, the NANO-FIX "Anticor" coating practically does not shrink due to the high percentage of dry residue, and has a high temperature resistance. NANO-FIX "Anticor" coating implements a fundamentally new approach to corrosion protection, which consists in a complex chemical interaction of component molecules with iron oxides and atoms of the metal lattice. The primer has the ability to penetrate into microcracks and pores of the metal while simultaneously suppressing the incipient corrosion processes. At the same time, strong chelate complexes with the polymer component of the primer are formed on the metal surface, which reliably protect the metal from external influences. This mechanism of action allows NANO-FIX "Anticor" to firmly bind a layer of rust up to 100 microns. routes of pipelines, bridges, and also allows the use of NANO-FIX "Anticor" as an independent coating. Those. Specifications For technical specifications, please visit our website: http://www.inn-t.com/tekhnicheskie-dannye-nano-fix-anticor

PET sheets

APET. GPET. PET-GAG0.3mm – 4mm (12mm) 1.25 * 2.05 mm 3.05 * 2.05 mm Ask the dealers in your city for the exact prices for a specific product More information at: http: //safplast.ru Dealer addresses in your city: http://safplast.ru/buy/ Manufacturer's contact: SafPlast LLC, Russia, Tatarstan, Vysokogorsky district, highway M-7, 806 km. (2 km south of the village of Makarovka), tel. (843) 233-05-33, e-mail: [email protected]

Beaker 250 ml

The low beaker is designed as a universal glassware: it can be used for evaporation of liquids, preparation of solutions, filtration, chemical reactions, short-term storage of liquids or powders, as a receiver during distillation. Easy-to-read graduated scale is available in all sizes from 100 ml to 5000 ml. made of high-strength borosilicate glass in accordance with GOST 25336-82 and ISO 3819. High resistance to chemical reactions and thermal shock. Convenient spout ensures optimal pouring of liquids.

Weighing cup, low, 40 ml
High laboratory glass, 250 ml, without spout
Round bottom flask, 500 ml
Low laboratory glass, 250 ml, with spout
Beaker with a thermostatic jacket, 600 ml

They are used in biological and chemical reactions that require maintaining a certain temperature, for example, during titration, decomposition by enzymes, organic synthesis reactions. The wide open throat provides convenient access to the resulting concentrated substance. Ideal for gentle and uniform heating or cooling of the contents of the vessel due to the double walls of the product and the possibility of continuous circulation of liquid inside the jacket. Made of chemically and thermally resistant borosilicate glass, allowing operation in a wide temperature range of ? to + 300 ° C. Equipped with diametrically located olives for connecting to a thermostat with 10 mm hoses inner diameter …

Tall weighing cup, 50 ml
Round-bottom flask with thin section, 500 ml
Horse peat for agricultural needs
Rubber crumb for construction

Rubber crumb, fractions: 2-4 mm, 1-2 mm, 0-1 mm. Packed in bags of 25 kg, or in big bags of 600-800 kg. We can discuss the use of your packaging.

Charcoal for household needs

High-quality charcoal, coarse fraction with excellent properties of rapid combustion without chemical raw materials in accordance with GOST 7657-84. CHARCOAL IS MADE FROM BIRCH, CONIFEROUS WOOD AND MIXED FOREST. USED IN HOUSEHOLD FOR PREPARING BBQ, SHALIKS, SEAFOOD AND GRILLED VEGETABLES Tech. specifications Specifications in accordance with GOST 7657-84

Charcoal for household needs

High-quality charcoal, coarse fraction with excellent properties of rapid combustion without chemical raw materials in accordance with GOST 7657-84. CHARCOAL IS MADE FROM BIRCH, CONIFEROUS WOOD AND MIXED FOREST. USED IN HOUSEHOLD FOR PREPARING BBQ, SHALIKS, SEAFOOD AND GRILLED VEGETABLES Tech. specifications Specifications in accordance with GOST 7657-84

Pressure transducer Sapphire-22M
Pressure transducer series "Sapphire-22M-Ts" digital
Pressure transducer series "Sapphire-22M-Ts" digital
Pressure transducer Sapphire-22M-MP

APPLICATION: In systems of automatic control of regulation and control of technological processes in chemical, petrochemical and oil refining industries, in the fields of thermal energy, water management, gas distribution networks, as well as at nuclear power facilities. Those. specifications Upper limits of pressure measurement – absolute 2.5 kPa … 16 MPa – overpressure 0.16 kPa … 100 MPa – differential 0.16 kPa … 16 MPa – overpressure – vacuum 0.08 kPa … 2.4 MPa – rarefaction 0.16 … 100 kPa Depth of range readjustment 10: 1 Output signal 0 … 5; 4 … 20; 5 … 0; 20 … 4 mA Degree of protection IP65 3-key keypad yes Reduced error ± 0.15%; ± 0.25%; ± 0.5% Overload capacity up to 200 … 300% of the indicator of the indicator

Pressure transducer Sapphire-22MT
Pressure transducer Sapphire-22M
Pressure converter Sapphire-22M-Ts
Pressure sensor MT101-E

APPLICATION: In autonomous telemetry systems and automatic control of technological processes in gas distribution networks, etc. Tech. specifications Upper limits of pressure measurement – absolute 25 kPa … 1.6 MP – excess 2.5 kPa … 100 MP – differential 0.16 kPa … 16 MP – pressure-vacuum ± 3 … ± 80 kPa-0, 1 … (+ 0.15 … + 3.9) MPa-vacuum-3 kPa …- 100 kPa Version 1 * 0.16 kPa … 16 MPa Version 2 * 16 kPa … 2.5 MPa Output signal 0.4 … 2 V Reduced error ± 0.15%; ± 0.2%; ± 0.25%; ± 0.5% Degree of protection IP65 Versions – general industrial – explosion-proof * Execution with increased overload

Pressure sensor MT101-M1

APPLICATION: In systems of automatic regulation and control of technological processes in chemical industries, oil refining, thermal energy, water management, gas distribution networks, etc. Tech. specifications Upper limits of pressure measurement – absolute 40 kPa … 40 MP – excess 4 kPa … 100 MP – differential 0.16 kPa … 16 MP – pressure-vacuum ± 3 … ± 80 kPa -0.1 … (+0.15 … + 3.9) MPa Output signal 4 … 20 mA; 0 … 10 V; 0 … 5 V; 0.5 … 4.5 V Reduced error ± 0.15%; ± 0.2%; ± 0.25%; ± 0.5% Degree of protection IP65 Overload up to 200% FS

Drilling rig SBSH 250 MNA-32
Drilling rig SBSh 270
roar GIT 700K
Drilling rig SBSh 250D
Drilling rig SBSH 160D
Mine car VS-30
Mine car 5VS 15M
Mine car 5VS 15M
Roar GIL-52L
roar GIT-42M
Semi-submersible pumps

They differ in such advantages as: – electricity – sealed design – no leaks, no pollution to the environment – unloaded flow path – increased reliability – mud design – installation of an upstream multiphase wheel (auger) is possible This equipment can be manufactured in a sealed design (pump seal – magnetic coupling), which eliminates the leakage of the pumped liquid. Due to the unique flow path and the used VNL type alloys (high-strength stainless casting), the efficiency of the pumps reaches 80%, and the service life of the parts increases by 1.5 – 2 times in comparison with steel 20X13. Those. specifications Consumption, m3 / hour: from 1 to 500. Head, m: from 10 to 3000. Seal: double face / magnetic coupling.

Borehole pumps

Designed for the extraction of Cenomanian water from water wells. They have such advantages as: energy saving unloaded flow path wear-resistant design tungsten carbide pump bearings are equipped with a pad electric motor and a protector, axial support in the Tech. specifications Consumption, m3 / hour: from 1 to 300. Head, m: from 15 to 1000.

Borehole pumps

Designed for the extraction of Cenomanian water from water wells. They have such advantages as: energy saving unloaded flow path wear-resistant design tungsten carbide pump bearings are equipped with a pad electric motor and a protector, axial support in the Tech. specifications Consumption, m3 / hour: from 1 to 300. Head, m: from 15 to 1000.

Vertical pumps

The vertical design of the pump significantly reduces the static and dynamic loads on the radial bearings. The noise and vibration level of vertical pumps is significantly lower; vertical pumps have a long service life. Vertical pumps can be installed with little or no foundation. For vertical units, the alignment of the motor and pump shafts has been greatly simplified. To create high pressures and heads, a series connection of pumps is used. Equipping the unit with a control station with a frequency converter increases the unit's overload protection. The use of a frequency converter allows you to flexibly adjust the parameters of the unit to the needs of operation and will allow you to correct possible errors made in the selection of equipment. The flow path is hydraulically unloaded from axial forces. Installation of an upstream multiphase wheel (auger) is possible. Advantages: energy saving; increased reliability; sealed execution; there are no leaks; the environment is not polluted. Those. specifications Consumption, m3 / hour: from 1 to 500. Head, m: from 10 to 3000. Seal: double face / magnetic coupling.

Thermoelectric installation Warm Stream-1VP

One of the factors complicating the operation of downhole equipment in most of the fields is the high content of asphaltenes, resins and paraffins, as well as the increased viscosity of the produced fluid, which leads to well failure, the need to perform their premature workover and an increase in production costs. "Is intended for thermal action on the fluid in order to reduce its viscosity, prevent ARPD and hydrate formation along the bore of oil production wells and freezing of water in artesian and injection wells. The main task of the unit and the main difference from other heaters is the controlled maintenance of the temperature of the produced fluid flow by 3-5 degrees above the temperature of oil saturation with paraffin. At the same time, the power consumed by WARMSTREAM-1VP is significantly lower than the power that would have to be applied to melt the wax. 1. "WARM STREAM-1VP" with placement outside or inside the tubing. It is successfully used in oil wells to prevent the formation of asphalt-resinous and paraffinic deposits (ARPD) on the walls of tubing by increasing the temperature of the produced fluid, as well as in water intake and injection wells in order to prevent freezing. 2. "WARM STREAM-IN" induction type, is used on oil and water wells, flow lines, for heating Christmas trees and wellheads, as well as outlets from AGSU and oil-gathering reservoirs of various diameters located in areas with cold climates in order to prevent equipment freezing and produced fluid. The installation is characterized by minimal power consumption with a high efficiency, a good alternative to self-regulating cables. This equipment has proven itself and is successfully operated at the fields of PJSC Gazprom Neft, PJSC NK Rosneft, PJSC LUKOIL, PJSC NK RussNeft, Kazakhoil Aktobe LLP, Sistema-Service Group of Companies LLC, Novatek-Tarkosaleneftegaz LLC, Ukrnafta. The main advantages of using WARM STREAM installations: -high reliability in extreme conditions; -fast payback; -increase in the cleanup and turnaround time of the well ; -continuous heating of the well along the interval of deposits; -rejection of similar methods of dealing with paraffin; -heating of the transported fluid from the well and into the well; -reduction of the load on submersible pumps and pumps for oil production. Those. specifications On request. Detailed information in the presentation.

GNU pumps

The flow path is hydraulically unloaded from axial forces; It is possible to install an upstream multiphase wheel (auger); The residual axial force is perceived by the thrust chamber. Those. specifications Consumption, m3 / hour: from 1 to 500. Head, m: from 10 to 3000. Seal: double face / magnetic coupling.

Refrigeration unit S-50

Transport refrigeration unit for transportation of chilled and frozen products. Warranty – 3 years. Complete set, completely ready for installation. Those. specifications Performance: at 0 ° C – 5435 kW, at -20 ° C – 3400 kW. The volume of the van is 50 m3 (0 ° C), or 34 m3 (-20 ° C). Freon R404.

Refrigeration unit S-40

Transport refrigeration unit for transportation of chilled and frozen products. Warranty – 3 years. Complete set, completely ready for installation. Those. specifications Performance: at 0 ° C – 4620 kW, at -20 ° C – 2600 kW. The volume of the van is 35 m3 (0 ° C), or 26 m3 (-20 ° C). Freon R404.

Refrigeration unit S-30

Transport refrigeration unit for transportation of chilled and frozen products. Warranty – 3 years. Complete set, completely ready for installation. Those. specifications Performance: at 0 ° C – 3990 kW, at -20 ° C – 2300 kW. The volume of the van is 26 m3 (0 ° C), or 18 m3 (-20 ° C). Freon R404.

Refrigeration unit S-20

Transport refrigeration unit for transportation of chilled and frozen products. Warranty – 3 years. Complete set, completely ready for installation. Those. specifications Productivity: at 0 ° C – 2685 kW, at -20 ° C – 1900 kW. The volume of the van is 20 m3 (0 ° C), or 10 m3 (-20 ° C). Freon R404.

Refrigeration unit S-10 12 / 24V

Transport refrigeration unit for transportation of chilled and frozen products. Warranty – 3 years. Complete set, completely ready for installation. Those. specifications Productivity: at 0 С – 1950 kW, at -20 С – 1600 kW. The volume of the van is 12 m3 (0 С), or 6 m3 (-20 С). Freon R404.

Refrigeration unit S-10 12 / 24V

Transport refrigeration unit for transportation of chilled and frozen products. Warranty – 3 years. Complete set, completely ready for installation. Those. specifications Productivity: at 0 С – 1950 kW, at -20 С – 1600 kW. The volume of the van is 12 m3 (0 С), or 6 m3 (-20 С). Freon R404.

SIGMA-1M sensor with optical channel

Controlled gases and vapors: methane, propane, butane, pentane, hexane, propylene, cyclopentane, vapors of gasoline, kerosene, diesel fuel, white spirit, jet fuel, aviation gasoline, aviation fuel. Gas stations, pumping stations, oil depots, gas and oil producing enterprises, as well as in small premises where there is a danger of gas leaks: utilities, warehouses of flammable liquids.

Dosimeter - DRBP-03 radiometer

The dosimeter-radiometer "DRBP-03" is designed to measure the equivalent dose and equivalent dose rate of ionizing photon radiation, as well as the flux density of α-, β- radiation. It is designed as a base unit in a metal case with built-in detectors and a set of remote detection units. The device is completed with an extension bar and a battery charging unit. Advantages: operational control of the radiation situation (α-, β-, γ- radiation); wide range of measured values; portability It is used for operational dosimetric monitoring of the radiation environment; investigation of radiation anomalies; compilation of radiation maps of the area; detecting contamination of clothing, walls, floors, etc.

Monogase DMG-3 detector (CO, O2)

The CO detector is designed to detect the excess of the established thresholds for the content of carbon monoxide (OC) in the air of controlled premises. The O2 detector is designed to signal a lack of oxygen in the air. For example, in the residential sector of public utilities, garages of motor vehicles, closed underground parking lots, etc. When the threshold values of the concentration of the detected gas (or a decrease in the concentration of oxygen) in the monitored area are reached, the device switches to the emergency mode. (or warning) light alarm. Carbon monoxide detector is available in four versions: "DMG-3", "DMG-3M", "DMG-3R", "DMG-3MR". Oxygen detector: DMG-3K and DMG-3KR. DMG-3, DMG-3R have an operating temperature range from minus 10 to plus 50 ° СDMG-3M and DMG-3MR – have an operating temperature range from minus 40 to plus 50 ° СDMG-3K and DMG-3KR – an operating temperature range from 0 up to plus 40 ° C. All other technical characteristics of the detector versions are the same. Those. specifications Operating conditions of detector operation Ambient temperature, ° С from minus 10c to plus 50c for DMG-3, DMG-3R From minus 40c to plus 50c for DMG-3M, DMG-3MR From zero to plus 40C for DMG-3K, KR Relative ambient humidity at a temperature of 25 ° С,% to 80 atmospheric pressure, kPa from 84 to 106.7 (from 630 to 800 mm Hg) the content of corrosive agents is not higher than the permissible values for an atmosphere of type I (conditionally clean) according to GOST 15150-69 Main parameters. The method of sampling by the detector is diffusion. Operation mode is continuous. Detection range, mg / m3 from 0 to 250. Maximum permissible concentration level, mg / m3. 250. signaling, s, no more * 60 Current consumption, no more, A 0.03 Power consumption, V * A, no more than 6.6 Class of protection against electric shock BI (according to GOST IEC 61140-2012) Communication interface RS-485 Degree of protection of the enclosure: IP65 ( for civil defense ST 14254-2015) Overall dimensions, mm, no more than 120x104x55 Weight, kg, no more than 0.4

Explosive gas detector Signal - 022

The gas detector monitors, measures, records the values of pre-explosive concentrations of explosive hydrocarbon gases and vapors (methane, propane), concentrations of toxic audible alarms when preset threshold values are reached. (one gas to choose from) H2S (hydrogen sulfide) NH3 (ammonia), O2 (oxygen), CO (carbon monoxide), CH4 (methane), C3H8 (propane), CO2 (carbon dioxide), NO2 (nitrogen dioxide), SO2 ( SIGNAL-022 gas detector consists of a device with one built-in sensor for detecting gases, and one remote HP sensor connected to the external connector of the device. The transfer of information from an external sensor to the gas detector is carried out via USB The device provides for the possibility of installing remote sensors on the signaling device through an extension cable up to 6 m long, which is necessary when used, for example, to monitor the air in the working area during repair (hot) work in wells, cisterns, tanks and other closed objects. a method of sampling and an electrochemical or optical absorption method of measurement Capabilities of the Signal-022 gas detector Sound and light indication and alarm when the concentration threshold of the measured gas component is exceeded (for oxygen when decreasing). measured components of the gas mixture on the LCD display of the gas alarm control panel; Transfer of stored and measured data to a personal computer via USB; Enabling the mode of automatic saving of current readings in the log when the thresholds are exceeded and decreased By transferring the maximum value of the LCD indicator readings to the device memory at the operator's command. Selecting the dimension of the measured concentration for each channel. Charging the battery in no more than 3 hours. Switching off the device in case of overcurrent, in case of a short circuit in the sensor power supply circuit. The gas detector can be used in explosive zones and rooms of classes BI, B-Ia and outdoor installations of class B-Ig. It is used to equip environmental control organizations and mobile laboratories, operational groups of the Ministry of Emergency Situations, Russian Railways, employees of the oil and gas, petrochemical, energy, mining industries. It is used in sewer wells, in underground collectors, in boiler rooms, in warehouses of fuels and lubricants and in all other rooms where flammable gases and vapors can accumulate.

Dosimeter radiometer MKS-07N

Dosimeter radiometer MKS 07N (portable version) Designed to measure the ambient dose equivalent rate (hereinafter AED) and ambient dose equivalent (hereinafter AED) of photon-ionizing radiation (X-ray and y-radiation, flux density (FP) of a- and b-particles The operating principle of the dosimeter is based on converting the energy of ionizing radiation into electrical impulses using gas-discharge Geiger-Muller counters. It is designed as a base unit in a metal case with built-in detectors and a set of remote detection units. The dosimeter is equipped with an extension bar, an additional external battery compartment and two adapters for power supply from external DC and AC sources. Research and Production Company "POLYTECHFORM-M" has developed a sound adapter for MKS-07N, which is intended for direct transmission of audio-visual information about the count rate on the detectors of the BDKS-07 remote detection unit to the operator. help headphones and a bright LED. This allows you to efficiently, conveniently and quickly search for radioactive anomalies and monitor small changes in the gamma radiation (background) power by ear. The adapter can be used both in the normal and in the search mode of measurement (see item *** of the RE MKS-07N), which allows measuring the dose rate of gamma radiation or the flux density of beta particles at the points of anomalies without switching modes. adapter sold separately. It is used primarily as a portable device for operational dosimetric monitoring of the radiation situation, when compiling radiation maps of the area and studying radiation anomalies, for detecting contamination of clothing, equipment, buildings, structures, etc. north, is widely used during work at the Chernobyl nuclear power plant, as part of mobile teams and as part of vehicles of the Ministry of Emergency Situations, as well as machines for radiation and chemical analysis.

Gas analyzer - multichannel signaling device Signal-03

concentration measurement: oxygen with the Signal-03.DK sensor; toxic gases: carbon monoxide with sensor Signal-03.DOU; ammonia vapors with sensors Signal-03.DA, Signal-03.DA1, Signal-03.DA2; pre-explosive concentrations of multicomponent air mixtures of combustible gases and vapors: methane, propane, butane, heptane, hexane vapors, gasoline, diesel fuel, etc. with sensors Signal-03.DM, Signal-03.DP, Signal-03.DB. issuing an alarm when the specified level of the controlled component is exceeded in the atmosphere of working areas of industrial premises of classes B-I, B-Ia and outdoor installations of class B-Ig .Each channel of the gas analyzer-signaling device allows switching on external devices (for example, sirens, fans), which will be switched on when the preset thresholds are exceeded. At the request of the customer, it is possible to separately set one to three alarm thresholds. At the request of the customer, it is possible to manufacture the device with any combination of four sensors … For example, two channels for methane and two channels for carbon monoxide or one channel for methane, carbon monoxide, ammonia vapors and oxygen. It is possible to transfer data to a computer using the RS-485 interface. ; for industrial enterprises; premises of pumping stations; oil depots; Gas stations; facilities of oil, gas and processing enterprises; gas facilities; all other facilities where constant monitoring of the concentration of accumulating toxic, as well as explosive and flammable gases and vapors is required.

Horizontal scrubber

Gas cleaning is inevitable in some industries, it requires safe workplaces and regulations for the cleanliness of the environment. For chemically aggressive media containing acids and alkalis, we can select scrubbers and scrubbers made of corrosion-resistant plastics (polypropylene PP, polyphenyl sulfide PPS, polyvinyl chloride PVC, polyethylene PE, polyvinylidene fluoride PVDF), our own and imported. The simplest model of a horizontal wet scrubber type GM-2 with an irrigation chamber and a multistage polymer droplet collection system refers to hollow scrubbers. Designed for low concentrations, at a gas temperature of no more than 40 degrees. Not suitable for mixed acids. Principle of operation: Horizontal gas scrubber type GM-2 works on the principle of "binding" aerosol and dust particles with the irrigation liquid. The air stream is continuously sprayed with water (solution) using double nozzles that spray the liquid in two directions, against the air flow and in the same direction. Gas scrubber Maksimova type GM-2 The simplest model of horizontal wet scrubber type GM-2 with an irrigation chamber and a multistage polymer droplet collection system refers to hollow scrubbers. Designed for low concentrations, at a gas temperature of no more than 40 degrees. Not designed for a mixture of acids. Principle of operation: Horizontal scrubber type GM-2 works on the principle of "binding" of aerosol and dust particles with the scrubbing liquid. The air flow is continuously irrigated with water (solution) by means of double nozzles that spray liquid in two directions, counter-flow of air and in a concurrent direction. Gas scrubber Maksimova type GM-4 Two-stage model of horizontal wet scrubber type GM-4 with a nozzle chamber and a multistage polymer system for dropping. It is used for most acids, alkalis and their mixtures. Principle of operation: The GM-4 scrubber works on the principle of "binding" aerosols, vapors and dust particles with an irrigating liquid. The air flow passes through the nozzle chamber, which is continuously sprayed with water (solution) by means of nozzles that spray the liquid in two directions, against the air flow and in a concurrent direction.

Irradiator germicidal ultraviolet UV-REX 1

The illuminator is equipped with the following options: 1. Motion sensor to prevent unplanned entry of personnel into the irradiated area 2. Remote control for turning the illuminator on, off and setting the timer 3. Timer for setting the time to turn the illuminator on and off 4. A system for automatically maintaining the optimum temperature of the lamps 5. Height adjustable 6. Movement and carrying handles 7. Wall Mount Brackets Tech. specifications Type of placement – mobile / portable / suspended Output power for bactericidal ultraviolet, W – 130 Power frequency, Hz – 50 Degree of protection, not less than – IP21 Level of bactericidal efficiency,% 90 – 99.9

Flowmeter-counter PRAMER-525X

The flowmeters are designed for measuring the volumetric flow rate and the total volume of liquid media in one or two filled pipelines, measuring the time of uninterrupted operation, archiving data in non-volatile memory, displaying results and transmitting information to external devices. also control systems for other liquid media in various industries and housing and communal services.Flow meters PRAMER-525X-D and PRAMER-525X-DD consist of a computing device (UV) with a liquid crystal display (LCD), non-volatile memory for data archiving, digital interface communication and one or two flow transducers (PR) connected to the first or second measuring channel (MC) of the HC. They include one or two pressure transducers (PD). Additionally, they provide indication and archiving of readings of pressure sensors in pipelines for technological purposes.

electromagnetic water flow sensor Emir-Pramer-550

Application: water flow measurement (reverse flow measurement also), operation time; data transmission via Modbus RTU, for transportation of equipment upon request. Advantages: – Wide dynamic range (1/1000), – Accuracy (± 1% in the full flow range), – Self-diagnosis of the flow meter. Nominal diameter (DN): 15 mm to 150 mm. Features: hardware components, high precision, unique digital signal processing techniques, calibration systems that provide the metrológicas characteristics required, durable fluorinated coating design. Front-end digital RS-485 output simplifies the calibration process and enables measurement data networks. Warranty period – 8 years

Electromagnetic water flow meters Pramer-525X
Ultrasonic Water Flow Meter PRAMER-510

Ultrasonic water flow meter PRAMER-510 is a device with noise, high stability, reliability characteristics of metrológicas and the ability to measure the flow of liquid, non-conductive. Advantages: – no construction elements in the pipeline flow step; – high stability of measurements; – noise immunity; – the possibility of using liquids with low conductivity; – the ability to measure the flow rate in both directions of flow; – DN up to 2000 mm. Data management Digital flow meters for measurement display indicators on the LCD and save them to a database file the following information: • The total volume of liquid is transferred in m3; • Implementation of the value of the coefficient of volumetric flow rate in m3 / h; • General continuity of service in hours and minutes; • Signs of emergencies; • Signal that the performance of the device. Those. Specifications Water temperature range: -20 (no freezing) to +150 ° C; Protection degree: IP67. Time, average service life: not less than 12 years. Calibration range 4 years. Warranty period: 4 years.

Ultrasonic liquid meter Pramer-510

The device allows you to measure the flow, both in the forward and in the reverse direction of flow in pipelines with a diameter of up to 2000mm. The Pramer-510 includes up to two measuring sections (IU), an electronic conversion unit (BEP) and communication lines up to 150 m long. They are used to measure the volume of liquids flow in pressure pipelines (water, industrial oil, sewage, formation water, etc.). Du IU counters: 40; fifty; 65; 80; 100; 125; 150; 200; 250; 300; 300 ÷ 2000 mm. Warranty – 4 years.

Ultrasonic liquid meter Pramer-510

The device allows you to measure the flow, both in the forward and in the reverse direction of flow in pipelines with a diameter of up to 2000mm. The Pramer-510 includes up to two measuring sections (IU), an electronic conversion unit (BEP) and communication lines up to 150 m long. They are used to measure the volume of liquids flow in pressure pipelines (water, industrial oil, sewage, formation water, etc.). Du IU counters: 40; fifty; 65; 80; 100; 125; 150; 200; 250; 300; 300 ÷ 2000 mm. Warranty – 4 years.

Electromagnetic vortex water flow EPS sensor

Application: Trade measurement and process control in various industries and municipal engineering. Hot and cold water systems; supply of drinking water, systems of food processing facilities. It can be used as heat meters, flow meters and automated systems for data collection, monitoring and control of technological processes. Nominal diameter (DN): 20 to 300 mm. Main advantages of ENP: – simple design and relatively low cost; – features of metrológicas are sufficient for commercial accounting (accuracy 1-1.5%, dynamic range – 1:50); – battery modification power supply available (battery life – 4 years); – FNU does not use the amplitude of the signal parameters, and this guarantees the stability of the operation. Output signal: pulse rate, current (4-20 mA). Self-powered version: 4 years battery life. Warranty period – 8 years Calibration interval – 4 years Average life span 15 years

Cover K-1 from the manufacturer

The K-1 strip produced by our company is used exclusively in conjunction with the K-2 lining and S-4 tie as an attachment point for P50 rails to reinforced concrete sleepers ШТ-12, ШТ-27 and NSP 35.10 slabs in the tracks for rolling autotransformers and shunt reactors. Manufactured in accordance with the working drawing 3.407.1-148.2-010 or 407-3-0603.91-KS.I-6 from parts of straightened rolled products, steel grade Vst3. Welding of steel products is carried out according to a developed and controlled technological process, which ensures the required geometric size of the seam and the mechanical property of the welded joint. We manufacture fasteners for railway, crane and rolling tracks of transformers: -43, R-24, R-18, KR-70, KR-80, KR-100, KR-120, KR-140- Clamping bars: P1, P2 in accordance with GOST 24741-81; MS-1, MS-2- Thrust bars: U1, U2, U3 in accordance with GOST 24741-81- Pressure bars PM3 and thrust bars PM3- Fasteners: K-1, K-3, MN-4, MP-1, MP- 2, MP-3, AM-1, AM-2, AM-3, MT-1, bolt T20 and C6, D-1, D-4, D-6, D-13, KR-12, T-19 , stop U1- Shims K-2, MS-3, MS-4- Beams B-1, B-2, D-7, D-8, D-9- Rails P-1, P-2, P-3 , P-4, ZhD-6, ZhD-9- Ties S-1, S-2, S-3, S-4, S-6, S-7- Butt pads for crane rails KR-70/80 (RS3 ), KR-100 (RS4), KR-120 (RS5), KR-140 (RS6) – Overlays of the temperature joint TS3, TS4, TS5, TS6, TS7

Counter-rail bolts SP-237, any diameter and length

We make counter-rail bolts SP-237, M22, M24, M27 of various lengths. – Clamping strips: P1, P2 in accordance with GOST 24741-81; MS-1, MS-2- Thrust bars: U1, U2, U3 in accordance with GOST 24741-81- Pressure bars PM3 and thrust bars PM3- Fasteners: K-1, K-3, MN-4, MP-1, MP- 2, MP-3, AM-1, AM-2, AM-3, MT-1, bolt T20 and C6, D-1, D-4, D-6, D-13, KR-12, T-19 , stop U1- Shims K-2, MS-3, MS-4- Beams B-1, B-2, D-7, D-8, D-9- Rails P-1, P-2, P-3 , P-4, ZhD-6, ZhD-9- Ties S-1, S-2, S-3, S-4, S-6, S-7- Butt pads for crane rails KR-70/80 (RS3 ), KR-100 (RS4), KR-120 (RS5), KR-140 (RS6) – Overlays for the temperature joint TS3, TS4, TS5, TS6, TS7 Tech. Specifications These products are used only on railway facilities where conventional butt bolts, due to their smaller dimensions, do not cope with their task, an example is a turnout. In view of the severance of trade and economic ties with Ukraine, where this product is mass-produced, the delivery has become difficult, or rather practically impossible. Products of our production are made strictly in accordance with GOST, from steel grade 35, strength class 8.8, or from steel grade 40x, strength class 10.9 on modern equipment, by hot stamping. The manufacture of these bolts in the forge of our enterprise includes a rather complex labor-intensive and energy-intensive process, which takes place in stages and consists of punching an oval headrest to a rod, punching a round head, and threading. Each batch of bolts on a special stand undergoes tensile tests, after which, under the strict guidance of quality control inspectors, compliance with the specified dimensions, appearance is checked and delivered to the finished product warehouse.

Counter-rail bolts SP-237, any diameter and length

We make counter-rail bolts SP-237, M22, M24, M27 of various lengths. – Clamping strips: P1, P2 in accordance with GOST 24741-81; MS-1, MS-2- Thrust bars: U1, U2, U3 in accordance with GOST 24741-81- Pressure bars PM3 and thrust bars PM3- Fasteners: K-1, K-3, MN-4, MP-1, MP- 2, MP-3, AM-1, AM-2, AM-3, MT-1, bolt T20 and C6, D-1, D-4, D-6, D-13, KR-12, T-19 , stop U1- Shims K-2, MS-3, MS-4- Beams B-1, B-2, D-7, D-8, D-9- Rails P-1, P-2, P-3 , P-4, ZhD-6, ZhD-9- Ties S-1, S-2, S-3, S-4, S-6, S-7- Butt pads for crane rails KR-70/80 (RS3 ), KR-100 (RS4), KR-120 (RS5), KR-140 (RS6) – Overlays for the temperature joint TS3, TS4, TS5, TS6, TS7 Tech. Specifications These products are used only on railway facilities where conventional butt bolts, due to their smaller dimensions, do not cope with their task, an example is a turnout. In view of the severance of trade and economic ties with Ukraine, where this product is mass-produced, the delivery has become difficult, or rather practically impossible. Products of our production are made strictly in accordance with GOST, from steel grade 35, strength class 8.8, or from steel grade 40x, strength class 10.9 on modern equipment, by hot stamping. The manufacture of these bolts in the forge of our enterprise includes a rather complex labor-intensive and energy-intensive process, which takes place in stages and consists of punching an oval headrest to a rod, punching a round head, and threading. Each batch of bolts on a special stand undergoes tensile tests, after which, under the strict guidance of quality control inspectors, compliance with the specified dimensions, appearance is checked and delivered to the finished product warehouse.

Screed C4 from the manufacturer

Bolt (tie) S-4 is used in conjunction with a K-1 or K-3 lining and a K-2 lining as an attachment point for P50, P65 rails to reinforced concrete sleepers ShT-12, ShT-27 and NSP 35.10 slabs in the tracks for rolling autotransformers … It is manufactured according to the working drawing 3.407.1-148.2-009 or 407-3-0603.91-KS.I-2 from a circle of steel grade Vst3 and is completed with an M22 nut and C22, C30 washers. Prior to installation in a tie or slab, the bolt head and the C22 washer adjacent to the bolt head are coated with PF-170 varnish. After installing the C-4 bolt, the holes in the sleeper are filled with cement mortar of grade 100, observing the design distance between the bolts.We make fasteners for railway, crane and rolling paths of transformers: , R-24, R-18, KR-70, KR-80, KR-100, KR-120, KR-140- Clamping bars: P1, P2 in accordance with GOST 24741-81; MS-1, MS-2- Thrust bars: U1, U2, U3 in accordance with GOST 24741-81- Pressure bars PM3 and thrust bars PM3- Fasteners: K-1, K-3, MN-4, MP-1, MP- 2, MP-3, AM-1, AM-2, AM-3, MT-1, bolt T20 and C6, D-1, D-4, D-6, D-13, KR-12, T-19 , stop U1- Shims K-2, MS-3, MS-4- Beams B-1, B-2, D-7, D-8, D-9- Rails P-1, P-2, P-3 , P-4, ZhD-6, ZhD-9- Ties S-1, S-2, S-3, S-4, S-6, S-7- Butt pads for crane rails KR-70/80 (RS3 ), KR-100 (RS4), KR-120 (RS5), KR-140 (RS6) – Overlays of the temperature joint TS3, TS4, TS5, TS6, TS7 Prices from the manufacturer. Optimal production time. Fast and reliable delivery throughout Russia.

Lining K-2 from the manufacturer.

The K-2 lining is used together with the K-1 or K-3 lining and the S-4 tie as an attachment point for the P50, P65 rails to the reinforced concrete sleepers ShT-12, ShT-27 and NSP 35.10 slabs in the tracks for rolling autotransformers and shunt reactors … Manufactured in accordance with working drawing 3.407.1-148.2-011 or 407-3-0603.91-KS.I-7 from parts of straightened rolled products, steel grade Vst3. The K-2 lining is placed in the transformer track between the transformer sleeper ShT-27 and the P50 or P65 rail, for a more even distribution of the load from the rolling transformer onto the reinforced concrete sleeper. We make fasteners for railway, crane and transformer rolling tracks: R-65, R-50, R-43, R-24, R-18, KR-70, KR-80, KR-100, KR-120, KR-140- Clamping bars: P1, P2 in accordance with GOST 24741- 81; MS-1, MS-2- Thrust bars: U1, U2, U3 in accordance with GOST 24741-81- Pressure bars PM3 and thrust bars PM3- Fasteners: K-1, K-3, MN-4, MP-1, MP- 2, MP-3, AM-1, AM-2, AM-3, MT-1, bolt T20 and C6, D-1, D-4, D-6, D-13, KR-12, T-19 , stop U1- Shims K-2, MS-3, MS-4- Beams B-1, B-2, D-7, D-8, D-9- Rails P-1, P-2, P-3 , P-4, ZhD-6, ZhD-9- Ties S-1, S-2, S-3, S-4, S-6, S-7- Butt pads for crane rails KR-70/80 (RS3 ), KR-100 (RS4), KR-120 (RS5), KR-140 (RS6) – Overlays of the temperature joint TS3, TS4, TS5, TS6, TS7

We make railway dead-end stops

Railway dead-end stop refers to devices that block the path of rolling stock in areas where there is no rail track. They are installed at the end of dead-end tracks and are intended to stop the rolling stock from hitting the wall of the tunnel or from derailing if the driver does not stop the train in time. The dead-end stop must take the hit of the train and thereby stop it. A sand cushion is poured in front of and behind the stop, softening the impact of the rolling stock.

Pipes

PP pipe PN 10 D20 * 1.9 L2m

Diesel fuel, straight-run gasoline

Diesel fuel TU NikolaevkaSamara regionAuthorized fuel Density 0.827Sulfur 0.2Flash 50Diesel fuel TU Samara RegionBulked Density 0.820Sulfur 0.5Flash 35Straight-run gasoline (Nefras, BGS) Samara and Orenburg regionAutomotive fuelFuel density 0.04About 0.710Sera nine

WATER PROTECTION
INPUT MODULE
GAS SEPARATOR-DISPERSER

A rotary gas separator-disperser is installed at the pump inlet instead of a gas separator or dispersant in wells with a particularly high gas ratio, where the use of neither a gas separator nor a dispersant ensures stable operation of a submersible centrifugal pump. Characteristics and advantages: • one-piece protective sleeve of the separation chamber is made of thick-walled chromium-nickel stainless steel; sleeves an additional sleeve is pressed in; • the supercavitating wheel has additional protection of the body from mechanical impurities; • the rotor is stabilized by wear-resistant radial bearings; • the base of the gas separator-dispersant is made of corrosion-resistant steel.

VORTEX GAS SEPARATOR

The vortex gas separator is less susceptible to cyclic circular wear of the protective sleeve by mechanical impurities due to the absence of separation drums. Characteristics and advantages: • protective sleeve of the separation chamber is made of thick-walled chromium-nickel stainless steel; • the rotor is stabilized by wear-resistant radial bearings; • end pieces are made of corrosion-resistant steel

ROTOR GAS SEPARATOR

Characteristics and advantages: • the protective sleeve of the separation chamber is made of thick-walled chromium-nickel stainless steel; • the rotor is stabilized by wear-resistant radial bearings; • the base of the gas separator is made of corrosion-resistant steel.

DISPERSANT

The gas-liquid mixture ensures stable operation of the centrifugal pump and reduces its vibration, as well as creates additional head due to the gas-lift effect in the tubing pipes. When lifting fluid along the tubing, free gas is released from the formation fluid, which, expanding, performs additional work to lift the fluid. Characteristics and advantages: • gas-lift effect increases the efficiency of well operation; • stabilization of the pump characteristics and prevention of pump stalling; • reduction of pulsation and vibration liquid flow in the tubing with increased gas content at the inlet; • prevention of gas accumulation in the annulus; • the rotor is stabilized by wear-resistant radial bearings; • the base of the disperser is made of corrosion-resistant steel.

ASYNCHRONOUS ELECTRIC MOTORS

The company "RIMERA-ALNAS" produces standard and high-voltage asynchronous electric motors of size groups from 96 to 180 mm with a power from 12 to 750 kW with a speed control range of 2100 – 4200 rpm. High-voltage asynchronous electric motors are electric motors with increased supply voltage, which have a larger number of smaller conductors of the winding wire in the stator winding compared to standard EMs. Low operating current provides energy savings by reducing heat losses in the cable line. Applications • wells with a high content of solids • wells with a high gas content at the pump intake • wells with increased corrosiveness of the formation fluid • wells with a high temperature of the formation fluid • traditional wells Tech. specifications Characteristics and advantages: • manufacture of stators using PPI-U (M) winding wire with insulation from polyamide-fluoroplastic film "Kapton", "Apical" with heat resistance up to 200 ° C; • vacuum method of impregnating the stator with high-temperature varnish VS-346 or ELPLAST compound -180, 220; • the use of ENMAFLON fluoroplastic tubes as groove insulation of the stator; • the use of axial thrust bearings made of silicon carbide or with a PEEK coating; All threaded connections against the lapel use a sealant of the "Fixator -2.3" brand; • high-temperature version of the current lead elements: o made of PPS-A4 material with an operating temperature of up to 250 ° C; o made of PEEK material with an operating temperature of up to 300 ° C. heat-resistant rubber goods from mixtures resistant to synthetic oils: oRS-3, Ter-10 up to 220 ° C; oAF-15 up to 250 ° C.

VENTILATED ELECTRIC MOTORS

The company "RIMERA-ALNAS" produces high-speed engines of the size group 81 mm with a capacity of 32 to 125 kW and high-voltage motors of the size group 117 mm – from 24 to 140 kW. Engines of the size group 81 mm are used for high-speed electric centrifugal pumps of size groups 2A and 3; size group 117 mm – for standard electric submersible pumps of size groups 5 and 5A. Application area • exploration wells • wells with sidetracks • wells after workover with a reduced inner diameter of the EC • highly deviated and horizontal wells • conventional wells

MODULE WITH COMPRESSION DISPERSING STEPS
SUBMERSIBLE ELECTRIC CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

Applications • wells with a high content of solids; • wells with a high gas content at the pump intake; • wells with increased corrosiveness of the formation fluid; • wells with a high temperature of the formation fluid; • wells after hydraulic fracturing; • wells after drilling, incl. h. horizontal, sidetracked, exploration and deviated wells; • traditional wells. The RIMERA-ALNAS company produces standard and high-speed pumps with floating stages, pumps of compression or batch assembly of stages with a productivity from 10 to 1550 m3 / day with a speed control range of 2400 – 6000 rpm: • Pumps with stages floating type: impellers are located on the shaft inside the guide vanes and have the ability to move axially by the amount of permissible clearance. axial loads of impellers are transmitted to the pump casing, axial shaft loads are transferred to the axial support of the tread shaft. • Pumps with package assembly of stages: impellers are located on the shaft in several packages and are fixed on the shaft from axial movement. The axial loads of the impeller package are transferred to the angular contact bearings of the pump, the axial loads of the shaft – to the hydrodynamic axial support of the hydraulic protection shaft. wheels are transferred to the hydrodynamic axial support of the hydraulic protection shaft. Those. Specifications Features and Benefits: • Pumps of corrosion-resistant, corrosion-wear-resistant and high-corrosion-wear-corrosion-resistant versions with stage material hardness up to 240 HB • Optimal arrangement of radial bearings along the entire length of the pump section. Radial bearings in pumps with a capacity of more than 250 m3 / day at 50 Hz are built into the working stage; • pumps with floating stages, with batch and compression stage assemblies; • simplified installation of compression-assembled pumps. The contact of the shafts of the pump sections is achieved by an adjusting bolt, which is secured by a coupling against loosening. The bolt adjustment procedure during installation is carried out with a special device without the use of measuring tools; • Corrosion-resistant design of the pump casing, corrosion-resistant coating of the casing or stainless steel casing; • Shafts in the sections are made of high-strength stainless steel or high-alloyed alloys such as Monel or ALLOY. • involute intersectional connection of shafts.

CHECK VALVE
CHECK VALVE
SHELL TO SUBMERSIBLE ELECTRIC MOTOR
BLEEDER VALVE
FREQUENCY CONTROL STATION
Drilling rig Amurets-100

The Amurets-100 drilling rig is designed for drilling vertically directed wells with a diameter of up to 168 mm and a depth of up to 100 m. The climatic factors of the operating conditions limit the operation of the Amurets-100 machine to an air temperature of 40 C to -40 C and a relative humidity of 90% at a temperature of 25 C. Those. Specifications Basic: Drilling depth with casing 50 m without casing (in bedrock) 100 m Drilling diameter 6 "(168 mm.), 8" (219 mm.) minAdjustment of the drilling tool strokeSwitching of fingers on the cranksHeight from the wellhead to the axis of the head unit10.85 mHeight from the wellhead to the axis of the thief roller8.05 mMovement method non-self-propelled, on sledgesInstrument winch: Lifting capacity2000 kgDrum capacity120 mSpeed / rope coiling0.5 : Lifting capacity 500 kg Drum capacity 120 m Rope winding speed 1.5 m / s Rope diameter 11 mm Engine: Type Power Starting Machine dimensions in working position: Height 11.42 m Length 7.60 m Width 2.36 m Machine dimensions in transport position: Height 3.20 m Length 7.68 m Width 2.36 m Machine weight : With motor 3 680 kg With tool and casing 8 050 kg

PBM-PP-90/250 magnetic drum separator

The magnetic drum separator with a semi-countercurrent bath PBM-PP-90/250 is designed for enrichment by the wet separation method of highly magnetic ores and materials up to 1 mm in size with separation into two products: magnetic and non-magnetic. They are used to equip concentrating plants, ferrous metallurgy enterprises. The design of the PBM-PP-90/250 separators allows you to change the position of the magnetic systems, creating an optimal operating mode. A distinctive feature of the PBM-PP-90/250 separators is their increased reliability, ease of operation and maintenance. The drums of the PBM-PP-90/250 separators are equipped with wires in the form of gear motors of our own production, both for internal and external drives, while ensuring their trouble-free operation during the cycle between two major overhauls (at least 18,000 hours). Separators with internal and external drives are interchangeable in terms of technological parameters, overall and installation dimensions. Shells and end caps of drums, as well as boxes, baths, discharge chutes, boxes receivers, feed pipes, discharge tail chutes are covered with wear-resistant polyurethane coatings, which ensure the service life of not less than 18000 hours (cycle between overhauls). Also, at the request of consumers, the metal structure of the separator can be supplied with painting of the outer surfaces with zinc-filled polyurethane anticorrosive coatings with a service life of at least 6 years. separators. Equipment and spare parts for dry magnetic separation and wet magnetic separation. Those. specifications Indicator name Indicator Productivity for the initial solid material, t / h 105-160 Magnetic induction on the drum surface, T not less than 0.160 Drum diameter, mm 900 Drum length, mm 2490 Electric drive power, kW, not more than 4 Power supply size, mm 0-1 Overall dimensions, mm 3300х2100х4000 drums

Mine ventilation fan with electric drive VME-8 -

Mine ventilation fan with electric drive VME-8 axial single-stage, explosion-proof, designed for ventilation of dead-end mine workings in mines, including gas-hazardous to dust, with an air density of up to 1.3 kg / m3, at temperatures from -20 ° C to + 35 ° С, dust content up to 50 mg / m3 and relative humidity up to 95% (at a temperature of + 25 ° С). JSC "Mining machines" offers to buy local ventilation fans for mines: axial fans with electric drive VME Tech. specifications Indicator name Indicator Nominal diameter of the fan impeller, mm 708 Nominal flow, m3 / sec. (limit deviation minus 10%) 10 Nominal total pressure, Pa (limit deviation minus 10%) 3200 Power of the electric drive, kW 50 Rotation frequency, min-1 (synchronous) 3000 Overall dimensions, mm: – length 1310 – width 910 – height 1100 Set weight, kg 750

Self-propelled drilling rig SBU-100GA-50

The self-propelled drilling rig SBU-100GA-50 is designed for drilling blast holes with a diameter of 110 and 130 mm and a depth of up to 50 m in open pit mining and construction sites with DTH hammers in rocks with a strength factor f = 6 … 20 on the Protodyakonov scale. -100GA-50 is a self-propelled crawler-mounted shunting unit with an individual electric drive for each track. The course is controlled from a portable control panel. A working body is installed on the machine frame, which performs all the work related to the drilling process, rotation of the drill, creating an axial force on the bottom, lowering and lifting the tool from the well. Horizontal alignment is carried out by three hydraulic jacks. An effective dust suppression system eliminates the possibility of environmental pollution. High passability and stability of the drilling rig allows it to be used in hard-to-reach areas of work. Electricity with a voltage of 380V and compressed air with a pressure of 0.5 … 0.6 MPa are used as an electric carrier. Compressed air is transferred to the machine either from a mobile compressor with a capacity of at least 10m3 / min, or from a quarry network. Those. specifications Specifications Unit Measurement Value Borehole nominal mm110-130Depth of drilling of vertical wellsm <50Borehole inclination to verticalgrad0, 15, 30Installed power kW26.5 Travel speed km / h0.8 Overcome lifting degree20Relaying speed of the machine on a rigid hitch with the gearboxes off Wt of the working speed4m / min – 5350 mm Length – 4000 mm Width – 2286 mm In transport position Height – 2220 mm Length – 4160 mm Width – 2286 mm Machine weight ≤ 5.0

GIL-62 inertial roar of light type

Light inertial screen GIL-62 is designed for the classification of loose granular materials with a bulk density of up to 1.4 t / m3 and a solid phase of the pulp. products of the mining and chemical industry. Those. specifications Technical characteristics of an inertial light type screen GIL-62 Indicator name Indicator Feeding capacity (depending on the size of separation), t / h 30-250 Coarseness of separation, mm2-50 Dimensions of the screening surface, mm: – length 4650 – width 2000 Number of sieves, pcs. 2 Angle of inclination, deg. 15-25 Vibration amplitude, mm 3-4.5 Vibration frequency, Hz 16 Drive power, kW 15 Overall dimensions (at an angle of 20 °), mm: – length 4650 – width 3370 – height 2880 Mass, kg 4000

Scrubber butars SB-9, SB-12, SB-18, SB-60, SB-120

Scrubbers SB-12 are designed for the disintegration of clay material from natural soils, sands, ore and placer deposits, as well as for washing various kinds of raw materials in schemes for the disposal of secondary materials of artificial origin. Scrubbers operate according to a direct-flow scheme. Scrubber-butars SB-12 are used on open sites of industrial devices, modular concentration plants and on dredgers. In comparison with the known analogs, scrubbers have higher performance with less energy consumption. Those. specifications Technical characteristics of scrubber-butars SB-12 Parameters Values Internal drum diameter, mm, not more than 1300 Feeding opening diameter, mm, not more than 600 Maximum size of pieces in the feed, mm 150 Number of sieves in butar, pcs. 1 Drum rotation frequency, min-1, not more than 30 Power consumption, kW, not more than 18.5 Longitudinal tilt angle of the scrubber, degree, within 2 … 4 Productivity, t / h, not more: on light washable material on medium washable material on difficult to wash material 704020 Overall dimensions, mm, not more: length, width, height 520030102250 Weight, kg, not more than 6000

Flotation machines FM-3,2U

Flotation machines FM-3,2U are intended for enrichment of ores and non-metallic materials, with the exception of fibrous ones, by froth flotation with a solid content in the pulp of up to 40% (by weight) of particles with a particle size of less than 0.074 mm over 45%. Flotation machines FM-3,2U are used at concentrating factories of non-ferrous and ferrous metallurgy, in chemical and other industries. FM-3,2U machines are aggregated from 2, 4-chamber sections and are made of right and left versions according to the removal of the foam product. The machines can be supplied in acid-proof design. Those. specifications Technical characteristics of the flotation machine FM-3,2U Parameters Values Pulp capacity, m3 / min 3.5-6 Chamber capacity, m 33.2 Impeller diameter, m 3600 Power of the impeller block drive electric motor, kW, no more than 11 Power of the foam foam drive electric motor, kW, no more than 1.5 Overall dimensions of the section, mm, no more than 2-chamber length 4623 width 2250 height 2610 Section weight, kg, no more than 2-chamber 5410

Bucket teeth, EKG bucket, rack rack, track links, EKG boom, crown. Spare parts for EKG 5. Spare parts for EKG 8. Spare parts for EKG 10

Mechanical shovel with rack and pinion pressure. Designed for the excavation and loading of minerals and overburden into vehicles in heavy mines. The EKG-5A excavator consists of the following components: a rotary part, which includes a turntable with mechanisms and working equipment located on it; undercarriage, consisting of a lower frame, two track frames with wheels and track chains; The EKG-5A excavator is used for the development and loading of rock mass into vehicles in open pit mines, as well as in the construction of hydraulic, industrial and other structures. Equipped with an independent lower travel drive and other highly efficient units, it is the best choice for any large mining operation, suitable for loading on road and rail transport. The Far North. Design features of the open-pit excavator EKG-5A. The main metal structures – the boom, handle, swing and lower frame are made of alloy rolled products, which ensures their high operational reliability in severe climatic and geological conditions. The bucket and gears are made of high-alloy wear-resistant alloys, which guarantees trouble-free operation at high dynamic loads. The excavator's electric drive is made according to the "generator-motor" system, either controlled by magnetic amplifiers, or with the excitation of electric machines from thyristor converters with digital control. The control system provides the necessary interlocks for the safe operation of the excavator. Planetary swing reducers. The control system of electric drives provides a unit for semi-automatic control of the digging process. Digging automation, in addition to making the operator's work easier, can reduce the specific power consumption. The driver's cab is designed with ergonomics in mind. Its walls with heat and sound insulation are trimmed inside with decorative plastic. The chair with vibration isolation can be installed in any position convenient for the driver. Safety glass in the cab with sun filter provides good visibility during operation. The comfort is complemented by a fan and electric stoves. In stock and on order, spare parts and components for EKG mining excavators: bucket teeth, EKG bucket, rack rack, track links, EKG boom, crown. Spare parts for EKG 5. Spare parts for EKG 8. Spare parts for EKG 10 Tech. specifications Indicator name Indicator Main bucket capacity, m 35.2 Replaceable bucket capacity, m 33.2-7.0 Digging radius, largest, m 14.5 Digging height, m 10.3 Maximum dumping radius, m 12.65 Maximum dumping height, m 6.7 Digging radius at standing level, m 9 , 04 Tail radius, m 5.25 Track width, m 5.25 / 5.45 Effort on the bucket block, tf 50 Average ground pressure during movement, kgf / cm22.1 / 1.72 Travel speed, km / h 0.53 Power of the network motor, kW 250 Estimated cycle duration, s 23 Working weight, t 196

Jaw crusher DSH-2,5x9 (analogue of SMD-108A)

The jaw crusher is the most reliable and versatile material crushing machine. Designed for crushing rocks with a compressive strength of up to 300 MPa. Crushers can process: granite, basalt, gabbro, diabase, marble, dolomite and other hard rocks and materials with similar characteristics – slags, concrete, minerals. The more fragile substances – coal, brick, ceramic waste, glass scrap – all the more easily amenable to crushing by jaw crushers.DSCH-2.5×9 jaw crusher is widely used in the mining industry, in the production of construction and related materials, in metallurgical production, in the chemical industry , in the field of transport. The company JSC "Mining machines" offers to buy a jaw crusher at the manufacturer's price. Jaw crusher SMD. Jaw crusher DShch. Jaw crusher SCHDS. Crushing plates and other spare parts from a warehouse. We are waiting for questions about the selection and purchase of crushing equipment by phone +7 (391) 219 29 03 and by mail [email protected] Tech. specifications Standard size ЩДС-2,5х9 Maximum size of feed pieces, mm 210 Width of discharge slot, mm 25 … 60 Productivity, m3 / hour 15 … 31 Power of the main drive motor, kW 45 Weight, t 8.4 Overall dimensions without drive (L xbxh), no more, mm 1960х2250х1720

Inertial roar of heavy type GIT-52MB

The GIT-52MB heavy-duty inertial screen is specially designed for placers. The two-screen inertial screen GIT-52MB has an increased length of the sowing part and a number of design and technological features that provide increased operational reliability, namely: the sides of the box are made of wear-resistant steel 10NHD; the sides of the screens are reinforced with additional linings; vibration-resistant bearings are installed in the vibrators; the seal of the bearing assemblies ensures long-term operation in conditions of high humidity, characteristic of wet screening; the connection of the connection of the beams to the beams is carried out using elastic-compliant joints; welded joints of the screens with the beads are replaced by riveted ones; the rigidity of the springs is increased. 800 t / h, while the size of individual pieces of the processed rock mass can reach 1 m and more. As the top screen of the screen, grates with a slot of 8, 12, 20, 30, 40, 60, 80,100 mm are used. They are highly durable and designed to separate boulders and coarse gravel to prevent damage to the bottom screens, extend their life and reduce replacement costs. The bottom tier of the screen can be fitted with metal mesh or polyurethane panels. Those. specifications Indicator name Indicator Dimensions of the screening surface, mm 5000×1750 Number of tiers of screening surfaces, pcs 1 or 2 Angle of inclination of the screen, degrees 15 Amplitude of box vibrations, mm6 … 9.6 Frequency of box vibrations, min-1730 Engine characteristics: – type А200L8- rated power, min-1730- , kW22- mass, kg225 Dimensions of sieving surface meshes, mm Ø 30 Coarseness of pieces of sieving surface, mm, no more than 400 Feeding capacity, t / h (approximately) 350 … 800 Mass of the vibrating part of the screen, kg (without sieving surfaces) 4800 Bulk weight of bulk cargo, t / m32.8

Inertial roar of heavy type GIT-52MB

The GIT-52MB heavy-duty inertial screen is specially designed for placers. The two-screen inertial screen GIT-52MB has an increased length of the sowing part and a number of design and technological features that provide increased operational reliability, namely: the sides of the box are made of wear-resistant steel 10NHD; the sides of the screens are reinforced with additional linings; vibration-resistant bearings are installed in the vibrators; the seal of the bearing assemblies ensures long-term operation in conditions of high humidity, characteristic of wet screening; the connection of the connection of the beams to the beams is carried out using elastic-compliant joints; welded joints of the screens with the beads are replaced by riveted ones; the rigidity of the springs is increased. 800 t / h, while the size of individual pieces of the processed rock mass can reach 1 m and more. As the top screen of the screen, grates with a slot of 8, 12, 20, 30, 40, 60, 80,100 mm are used. They are highly durable and designed to separate boulders and coarse gravel to prevent damage to the bottom screens, extend their life and reduce replacement costs. The bottom tier of the screen can be fitted with metal mesh or polyurethane panels. Those. specifications Indicator name Indicator Dimensions of the screening surface, mm 5000×1750 Number of tiers of screening surfaces, pcs 1 or 2 Angle of inclination of the screen, degrees 15 Amplitude of box vibrations, mm6 … 9.6 Frequency of box vibrations, min-1730 Engine characteristics: – type А200L8- rated power, min-1730- , kW22- mass, kg225 Dimensions of sieving surface meshes, mm Ø 30 Coarseness of pieces of sieving surface, mm, no more than 400 Feeding capacity, t / h (approximately) 350 … 800 Mass of the vibrating part of the screen, kg (without sieving surfaces) 4800 Bulk weight of bulk cargo, t / m32.8

SKO-1-7.5 concentration table with eccentric drive

Concentration tables SKO-1-7.5 with an eccentric drive are designed to separate minerals in an aqueous medium according to their density. Tables are used as equipment for purification of rough concentrate and pre-concentration with small volumes of enriched material. Concentration tables SKO-1-7.5 are widely used in the finishing areas of tin, tungsten, rare-earth enrichment enterprises. The crank-crank drive of the table provides a rigid load-independent diagram of the deck movement, which makes it possible to obtain a high-quality concentrate. The deck flooring is made of coniferous wood, the deck frame is metal, the coating is made of chemically resistant rubber. Tables SKO-1-7.5 are reliable in operation. The company JSC "Mining Machines" offers to buy a concentration table SKO for gravitational enrichment of minerals. Also the decks of the SKO concentration table. We are waiting for questions about the selection and purchase of mining and processing equipment by phone +7 (391) 219 29 03 and by mail [email protected] Tech. specifications Productivity, t / h, within 0.5-5.0 Feed size, mm within + 0.04 … -4.0 Number of decks, pcs 1 Deck area, m 27.5 Deck stroke frequency, min-1, within 225-350 Deck stroke length , mm, within 12-20 Electric motor power, kW 2.2 Overall dimensions, mm length width height 6000 1850 1200 Weight, kg 1620

SKO-1-7.5 concentration table with eccentric drive

Concentration tables SKO-1-7.5 with an eccentric drive are designed to separate minerals in an aqueous medium according to their density. Tables are used as equipment for purification of rough concentrate and pre-concentration with small volumes of enriched material. Concentration tables SKO-1-7.5 are widely used in the finishing areas of tin, tungsten, rare-earth enrichment enterprises. The crank-crank drive of the table provides a rigid load-independent diagram of the deck movement, which makes it possible to obtain a high-quality concentrate. The deck flooring is made of coniferous wood, the deck frame is metal, the coating is made of chemically resistant rubber. Tables SKO-1-7.5 are reliable in operation. The company JSC "Mining Machines" offers to buy a concentration table SKO for gravitational enrichment of minerals. Also the decks of the SKO concentration table. We are waiting for questions about the selection and purchase of mining and processing equipment by phone +7 (391) 219 29 03 and by mail [email protected] Tech. specifications Productivity, t / h, within 0.5-5.0 Feed size, mm within + 0.04 … -4.0 Number of decks, pcs 1 Deck area, m 27.5 Deck stroke frequency, min-1, within 225-350 Deck stroke length , mm, within 12-20 Electric motor power, kW 2.2 Overall dimensions, mm length width height 6000 1850 1200 Weight, kg 1620

Tin Cutter Pliers

Carbon Steel Drops, Forged, Hardened & Tempered, Powder Coated with / without Spring Tech. Specifications Carbon Steel Drops, Forged, Hardened & Tempered, Powder coated with / without spring

Carpenter Clamp

Carbon Steel Drops, Forged, Induction Hardened & Tempered, Powder Coated, With / Without Insulation Tech. Specification Carbon Steel Drops, Forged, Induction Hardened & Hardened, Powder Coated, With / Without Insulation

Cobbler Clip

Carbon Steel Drops, Forged, Induction Quenched And Tempered Hardened, Powder Coated Tech. Specification Carbon Steel Drops, Forged, Induction Quenched And Tempered Hardened, Powder Coated

Tower Pliers

Carbon Steel Drops, Forged, Induction Quenched And Tempered Hardened, Powder Coated, With / Without Insulation Tech. Specification Carbon Steel Drops, Forged, Induction Quenched And Tempered Hardened, Powder Coated, With / Without Insulation

Fencing Pliers with Hammer

Drop Carbon Steel Forged Sleeve Hardened Induction Head With Hammer Tech. Specification Drop Carbon Steel Forged Sleeve, Hardened Induction Head with Hammer

Vice Grip Pliers / Lock Nose Pliers

Carbon Steel Drops, Forged, Quenched And Tempered, Nickel Plated / Zinc Plated Steel / Black Painted, Heavy Lever And Tech Spring. Specification Carbon Steel Droplet Forged, Quenched And Tempered, Nickel Plated / Steel Zinc Plated / Black Painted, Heavy Lever And Spring

Water Pump Pliers Box Type

Drop Carbon Steel Forged / Chrome Vanadium, Hardened And Tempered, Epoxy Powder Coated Body, Head and Jaw, Polished, With / Without Insulation Tech. Specifications Drop Carbon Steel Forged / Chrome Vanadium, Hardened And Tempered, Epoxy Powder Coated Body, Head and Jaw, Polished, With / Without Insulation

Saw Pliers Set

a) Piston type cast Aluminum, painted b type), German ductile and painted steel. Those. specifications a) Piston type cast Aluminum, painted b type), German ductile and painted steel.

Saw Pliers Set

a) Piston type cast Aluminum, painted b type), German ductile and painted steel. Those. specifications a) Piston type cast Aluminum, painted b type), German ductile and painted steel.

Stubborn Ring - Key DIN 7444

Forged in Bath – Chrome Plated Steel, Suitable for Heavy Duty, Workplaces, Phosphated Black / Zinc Plated Tech. Specification Forged in Bath – Chrome Plated Steel, Suitable for Heavy Duty, Workplaces, Phosphated Black / Zinc Plated

Combination Key, Embossed Panel

Carbon Steel Drops, Forged, Hardened & Tempered, Chrome, Head And Polished Tech. Specification Carbon Steel Drops, Forged, Hardened & Tempered, Chrome, Head And Polished

Combination Key Elliptical Model - DIN 3113

Drop Carbon Steel Forged / Chrome Vanadium, Hardened And Tempered, Mirror Shine / Brushed Surface. Polished Head / Satin Finish, Elliptical Pattern / Cold Stamping Tech. Specifications Drop Carbon Steel Forged / Chrome Vanadium, Hardened And Tempered, Mirror Finish / Brushed Surface. Polished Head / Satin Finish, Elliptical Pattern / Cold Stamping

Panel Wrench Combinations

Drop Forged, Carbon Steel / Chrome Vanadium Steel, Hardened & Tempered, Chrome / Mirror Polished Head And Ring Tech. Specifications Drop Forged, Carbon Steel / Chrome Vanadium Steel, Hardened & Tempered, Chrome / Mirror Polished Head And Ring

Finished Double Straight Steel Ring CRV Torx Wrench

Forged In Bathroom Chrome Vanadium, Hardened And Tempered, Mirror Finish / Elliptical Frosted / Cold Stamping Tech. Specification Forged In Bathroom Chrome Vanadium, Hardened And Tempered, Mirror Finish / Frosted Elliptical / Cold Stamping

Only Open End Wrench DIN 894

Drop Forged Carbon Steel, Fully Hardened And Tempered, Chrome / Zinc Plated / Black Finish Tech. Specification Drop Forged Carbon Steel, Fully Hardened And Tempered, Chrome / Zinc Plated / Black Finish

Double Open End Wrench, Pattern Along - DIN 3110

Chrome Plated Steel, Drop Forged Finish Brushed / Polished Head, Hardened And Tempered, Chrome, / Sheet / Satin, Built In Panel / Elliptical Pattern / Cold Stamping Tech. Specification Chrome Plated Steel, Drop Forged Finish Brushed / Polished Head, Hardened And Tempered, Chrome / Sheet / Satin, Built In Panel / Elliptical Pattern / Cold Stamped

Double Open End Wrench, Short Template

Carbon Steel, Forged Drop Finish Brushed / Polished Head, Hardened And Tempered, Chrome / Zinc Plated / Black, Finish, Brushed Tech Finish. Specification Carbon, Steel Chrome Vanadium Steel, Finish: Nickel, Chrome Finish

Water Pump Pliers Type Duct

Drop Carbon Steel Forged / Chrome Vanadium, Chrome Plated, Mirror Polished In Head, Hardened & Tempered, With / Without Insulation Tech. Specification Drop Carbon Steel Forged / Chrome Vanadium, Chrome Plated, Mirror Polished In Head, Hardened & Tempered, With / Without Insulation

Water Pump Pliers Slip Joint

Drop Forged, Carbon Steel, Chrome, Mirror Polished In Head, Hardened And Tempered, With / Without Insulation Tech. Specifications Drop Forged, Carbon Steel, Chrome, Head Mirror Polished, Hardened And Tempered, With / Without Insulation

Fencing Pliers

Drop Carbon Steel Forged, Properly Tempered with Sauce Insulation Tech. Specifications Drop Carbon Steel Forged, Properly Hardened with Sauce Insulation

Stubborn Open End Key - DIN 133

Forged in Bath – Chrome Plated Steel, Suitable for Heavy Duty, Workplaces, Phosphated Black / Zinc Plated Tech. Specification Forged in Bath – Chrome Plated Steel, Suitable for Heavy Duty, Workplaces, Phosphated Black / Zinc Plated

Elliptical Model Key Width

Forged In Bathroom Chrome Vanadium Steel, Hardened & Tempered, Elliptical Model Mirror Finish Tech. Specification Forged In Bathroom Chrome Vanadium Steel, Hardened & Tempered, Elliptical Model Mirror Finish

Top Cutter Pliers

Carbon Steel Drops, Forged, Induction Hardened And Tempered Powder Coated With / Without Insulation Tech. Specification Carbon Steel Drops, Forged, Induction Hardened And Tempered Powder Coated With / Without Insulation

Head gas control station (GHRP)

GHF is designed for cleaning natural gas from mechanical impurities in accordance with GOST 5542-87, commercial metering of gas consumption, pressure reduction from high pressure of category I to high pressure of category II, automatic maintenance of gas outlet pressure within specified limits, automatic shutdown of gas supply in case of an emergency increase ( decrease) of the outlet pressure above (below) the permissible values. GHF is reliable in operation, has the necessary redundancy of the main technological processes, a modern automated control system of the ACS TP GHF. The model range of the product is constantly being modernized based on the regular analysis of the comments and wishes of the specialists of the operating organizations. The modular-complete design of the hydraulic fracturing allows taking into account the customer's requirements in terms of configuration and design as much as possible. The point is used in gas distribution systems, is installed at the entrance to urban high-pressure networks as a head gas control point (GHRP) after the gas distribution station and ensures the reduction and supply of high-pressure category II gas (up to 0.6 MPa) and medium pressure (up to 0, 3 MPa) for gas supply to large microdistricts and large industrial enterprises. Hydraulic fracturing is designed for operation in areas with a temperate (Y, N) and moderately cold climate (UHL, NF), as well as in areas with a cold climate (HL, F). The climatic version of the hydraulic fracturing is selected depending on the construction area, in accordance with the requirements of GOST 15150-69. Hydraulic hydraulic fracturing can be operated in areas with seismicity up to 9 points inclusive according to SNiP II-7-81. The calculated snow load (200 kgf / m2) meets the requirements of the V territorial region, and the wind load (85 kgf / m2) corresponds to the VII territorial region according to SNiP 2.01.07-85.

Head gas control station (GHRP)

GHF is designed for cleaning natural gas from mechanical impurities in accordance with GOST 5542-87, commercial metering of gas consumption, pressure reduction from high pressure of category I to high pressure of category II, automatic maintenance of gas outlet pressure within specified limits, automatic shutdown of gas supply in case of an emergency increase ( decrease) of the outlet pressure above (below) the permissible values. GHF is reliable in operation, has the necessary redundancy of the main technological processes, a modern automated control system of the ACS TP GHF. The model range of the product is constantly being modernized based on the regular analysis of the comments and wishes of the specialists of the operating organizations. The modular-complete design of the hydraulic fracturing allows taking into account the customer's requirements in terms of configuration and design as much as possible. The point is used in gas distribution systems, is installed at the entrance to urban high-pressure networks as a head gas control point (GHRP) after the gas distribution station and ensures the reduction and supply of high-pressure category II gas (up to 0.6 MPa) and medium pressure (up to 0, 3 MPa) for gas supply to large microdistricts and large industrial enterprises. Hydraulic fracturing is designed for operation in areas with a temperate (Y, N) and moderately cold climate (UHL, NF), as well as in areas with a cold climate (HL, F). The climatic version of the hydraulic fracturing is selected depending on the construction area, in accordance with the requirements of GOST 15150-69. Hydraulic hydraulic fracturing can be operated in areas with seismicity up to 9 points inclusive according to SNiP II-7-81. The calculated snow load (200 kgf / m2) meets the requirements of the V territorial region, and the wind load (85 kgf / m2) corresponds to the VII territorial region according to SNiP 2.01.07-85.

Unit for the preparation of fuel, starting and impulse gas UPTPIG-50

UPTPIG-50 is operated in the open air in a macroclimatic region with a temperate climate, version U and location category 1 in accordance with GOST 15150. The calculated snow load of 180 kgf / m2 meets the requirements of the III territorial region, and the wind load of 30 kgf / m2 – of the II territorial region according to SNiP 2.01.07-85. The unit for the preparation of fuel, starting and pulse gas UPTPIG-50 "Blue flame" consists of: a gas reduction unit with a heating system; a gas flow metering unit. The reduction unit includes: a gas heating unit; a gas reduction unit Pout = 2.4 MPa ; gas reduction unit Pout = 1.2 MPa; coolant preparation unit; reduction unit for own needs; gas metering unit; control and management cabinet. The reduction unit has a single supporting metal frame, a reinforced metal frame and consists of two compartments: the Technological ";" Boiler room "compartment. In the" Technological "compartment of the reduction unit, the class of the explosive zone in accordance with the PUE is B-1a. The fire hazard category of the compartments of the reduction unit in accordance with NPB 105-03:" Technological "- A;" Boiler room " – D. The unit is heated by radiators with the supply of the coolant from the gas heating system.

Automated group metering unit (AGZU)

The measurements performed by the installation comply with the requirements of GOST R 8.615-2005 for performing measurements on individual wells. Purpose of the automated metering unit: Automated metering units are designed for periodic measurement by the method of direct and indirect measurements of the amount of crude oil and free petroleum gas produced from oil and gas wells and further hardware – software processing of measurement results for the purpose of their accumulation, archiving and ensuring transmission to the telemetry system via communication channels established by users. liquid and gas of the following models: mass flow meters MICRO MOTION, series F, CMF, T, R DN 15 mm – 150 mm; mass flow meters PROMASS DN 8 mm – 250 mm; mass flow meters ROTAMASS, modifications RCCS, RCCT, RCCF; mass flow meters SFC; flow rate Mass flow meters MASSFLO. It is allowed to use other models of flow meters that meet the following conditions: Availability of the Type Approval Certificate of the measuring instrument. Ensuring the stated measurement limits. Ensuring the permissible relative measurement error of the parameters as part of the measuring unit in accordance with GOST R 8.615-2005. Switching of wells in the units. is carried out in one of the ways: Three-way ball valves with electric drives; multi-way switch of wells PSM. Separation of well production into gas and liquid (oil + water) is carried out by oil and gas separators. The number of wells connected to the installation is from 1 to 14 pcs. Those. specifications The nominal value of the mass average daily consumption of crude oil, depending on the version, t / day. from 1 to 300 Nominal value of the volumetric average daily gas consumption, m3 / day, (reduced to standard conditions) up to 2,500,000 Working pressure, MPa up to 16 Number of connected wells, pcs. from 1 to 14 Diameter of connecting pipelines, mm, not less than 50 Limits of permissible relative measurement error according to GOST 8.615-2005 – mass of crude oil,% ± 2.5 – volume of free petroleum gas,% ± 5 – mass of crude oil excluding water, with content water in oil in volume fractions,%, up to 70% ± 6 from 70 to 95% ± 15 over 95% In accordance with the certified MVI Power supply parameters of electrical circuits – alternating current type – voltage, V 380/220 – permissible voltage deviation,% from -15 up to + 10- AC frequency, Hz 50 + 1- power consumption, kW, no more than 10 Climatic conditions- ambient temperature, ˚С from 5 to 90- ambient temperature, ˚С from 5 to 90- content of sulfur compounds in mass fraction,%, not more than 3- hydrogen sulfide content, volume,%, not more 2- water content in liquid, volume fraction,% from 0 to 100- content of mechanical impurities, g / l, not more than 5- class of an explosive zone of a technological room В-1А- class of explosive zone non-explosive automation unit Overall dimensions of the installation Process room length, mm from 3135 to 6170 width, mm 3000 height, mm 3830 weight, kg from 3500 to 7200 Automatic unit length, mm 2000 width, mm 2850 height, mm 2735 weight, kg 1160

Blocks of automatic gas odorization "Blue flame" (BAOG) _copy

TU 3689-002-55402257-2009 Permission for use No. РРС 00-35424 Purpose of BAOG The automatic gas odorization unit (BAOG) is designed for the dosed supply and accounting of the amount of odorant supplied (ethyl mercaptan С2Н5SH) into the natural gas stream, before supplying it to the consumer, in automatic, semiautomatic and manual mode. Operating conditions BAOG is designed for operation in macroclimatic regions with a temperate (Y, N) and moderately cold climate (UHL, NF), as well as in areas with a cold climate (HL, F).

Blocks of automatic gas odorization "Blue flame" (BAOG)

TU 3689-002-55402257-2009 Permission for use No. РРС 00-35424 Purpose of BAOG The automatic gas odorization unit (BAOG) is designed for the dosed supply and accounting of the amount of odorant supplied (ethyl mercaptan С2Н5SH) into the natural gas stream, before supplying it to the consumer, in automatic, semiautomatic and manual mode. Operating conditions BAOG is designed for operation in macroclimatic regions with a temperate (Y, N) and moderately cold climate (UHL, NF), as well as in areas with a cold climate (HL, F).

Gas treatment point (PPG, BPPG)

TU 3698-012-55402257–2010 Permission for use No. РРС 00-04-11 000 356 Application area of PPG Gas treatment station (hereinafter referred to as PPG) is intended for purification, metering and uninterrupted supply of purified natural gas to booster compressor units, gas purification for gas turbine units ( GTU), during the construction of combined cycle gas turbines (CCGT) – BPPG, as well as at compressor stations to provide fuel, starting and impulse gas for compressor shops with gas turbine gas compressor units and auxiliary power plants with a gas turbine drive. as well as compressor stations (CS). The final configuration and the number of blocks and assemblies are determined by the terms of reference. The technological equipment of the PPG provides a high degree of gas purification (2-5 microns), complete removal of liquid fractions, automatic discharge of condensate into the tank, commercial metering of gas consumption, including the use of ultrasonic four-beam flow meters, measuring the quality indicators of the supplied natural gas using chromatographs and gas calorimeters. The process flow diagram of the PPG is made with 100% redundancy of the main process equipment and is equipped with shut-off valves with the possibility of remote or automatic control of the technological process. In case of emergencies, the process flow diagram of the BCP allows to close the inlet and outlet pipelines and automatically discharge the gas through the spark plug, thereby ensuring a high degree of protection for the entire gas-using complex. The BCP is equipped with an automatic fire extinguishing system, a gas control system and a fire alarm. All technological units have forced ventilation. The automated control system of the ACS TP PPG is made on the basis of Siemens components based on the Simatic S7-1200 and S7-300 controllers; remote control of valves and other technological equipment; control of unauthorized entry into the BCP; control of gas contamination in the premises of the BCP; control of the security and fire alarm system; output of information about the state of equipment and the technological process to the operator panel; automatic activation of exhaust fans and warning light and sound alarms when the permissible concentration of flammable gases increases; automatic reset condensate from filters to the condensate collection tank; automatic cut-off of gas supply to boilers when the permissible concentration of combustible gases is exceeded; maintaining archives of technological information, preparing and printing summaries and reports; transferring technological parameters, information on gas consumption and warning and alarms to the control room through channels of a dedicated line, telephone line, GSM, etc. In the input-accounting cabinet there is an uninterruptible power supply with gel batteries, which ensures the operation of the ACS TP (in the event of a loss of external power supply) for 48 hours. Information about the loss of external power supply, the current level of battery charge, the reading of the electric meter is sent through the ACS TP to the control center. Composition of the product: gas purification unit (unit); unit (unit) for commercial metering of gas consumption (according to the technical assignment, measurement of gas quality indicators); automated control system of ACS TP and instrumentation and control devices.

Systems for measuring the quantity and quality indicators of oil SIKN (analogue of KUUN)

Purpose The system for measuring the quantity and quality of oil (SIKN) and the system for measuring the quantity and quality of crude oil (SIKNS) are intended for: measuring the mass (volume) of oil and oil products by the method of direct or indirect dynamic measurements; measuring technological and quality parameters of oil and oil products (density, viscosity , moisture content, pressure, temperature); display (indication), processing and registration of measurement results. Composition of the system for measuring the quantity and quality of oil In the general case, SIKN (SIKNS) consists of a technological part and a system for collecting and processing information. The main composition of the technological part: filter block (BF); block of measuring lines (BIL); block for measuring the quality of oil (BIK); block of a calibration facility (BPU); information processing system (SOI). The technological part may also include: a flow and pressure control unit; a mobile connection unit ; technological and drainage pipelines. Variants of execution of the oil metering system: At the request of the Customer, SIKN can be: open design – the basis is a frame structure for installation in an open area or in a room; closed design – the equipment is placed in a block-box, which has a welded metal frame with thermal insulation. Filter block (BF) serves for cleaning from mechanical impurities and prevent clogging of working units. The unit includes two filters (working and backup) with a quick-detachable cover, inlet and outlet manifolds, shut-off valves, differential pressure sensors and pressure gauges. A block of measuring lines (LIL) is used to measure the flow rate and control oil parameters. The number and diameter of the measuring lines are determined by calculation, depending on the maximum flow rate and the type of flow transducer used. The block of measuring lines includes: measuring lines, mass and volumetric flow transducers, pressure and temperature sensors, flow controllers, a connection unit to a calibration rig, inlet and outlet manifolds, shut-off valves, devices for a leakage control system. serves to control and measure the quality parameters of the pumped oil and oil products. The main equipment of the BIK: circulation pumps (main and standby), fine filters (main and standby), in-line density converters, in-line moisture content converters, in-line viscosity converters, flow transducers, temperature and pressure sensors, manometers and thermometers, automatic samplers, flow controllers oil, flushing systems, shut-off valves; a calibration unit (BPU), the main element of which is a pipe-piston calibration unit (TPU), which is used to monitor metrological characteristics and verify volume and mass measuring instruments at the site of operation. A flow and pressure control unit is being developed and, if necessary, a system for measuring the quantity and quality of oil is designed and installed at the output. The information processing system (IDS) provides automated performance of the functions of collecting, processing, displaying, recording information on oil accounting and control of operating modes C IQN (SIKNS).

Blocks of shut-off (disconnecting), switching valves (BZA, BPA, BOA)

Purpose of block valves: Blocks of shut-off (BZA), switching (BPA) and shut-off (BOA) valves are intended for distribution, cleaning and measurement of the flow rate of natural gas, liquid hydrocarbons, chemical liquids and process water (hereinafter referred to as the pumped medium), distributed separately – new technological facilities with a working pressure of up to 16 MPa, as well as to protect collectors and loops from overpressure, to cut off flows in the event of a rupture of loops. Operating conditions of blocks of shut-off valves: Blocks of shut-off valves (BZA, BPA, BOA) are intended for operation in macroclimatic regions with a moderate (U) and moderately cold climate (UHL), as well as in areas with a cold climate (CL). The climatic version of the blocks is chosen depending on the construction area, in accordance with the requirements of GOST 15150-69. Composition of valves: The equipment of the blocks of valves is mounted on a welded frame and is located in a heat-insulated room. The class of the explosive zone of the technological unit is B1a. Technological compartment. includes: pipeline lines; drainage system with a drainage manifold; shut-off and control valves for pipelines and drainage; filters; automatic sensors and signaling devices; ventilation, heating and lighting system; control of electrical equipment installed in the technological room of the unit (room heaters, lighting, fan, sensors ) is produced from the control cabinet. brand of flow meter, meter; presence of filters; quantity and composition of instrumentation; ventilation systems; type of room shelter; presence of room heating. Those. specifications Nominal pressure, MPa from 1.2 to 16 Nominal passage of inlet / outlet branch pipes, mm at the request of the customer Number of outlets up to 9 Ambient air temperature, 0С- 60 … + 40 Main power supply voltage, В220 Emergency power supply voltage, В220 Unit dimensions, mm, taking into account permissible dimensions for transportation Unit weight , kg, no more: 15000

Blocks of shut-off (disconnecting), switching valves (BZA, BPA, BOA)

Purpose of block valves: Blocks of shut-off (BZA), switching (BPA) and shut-off (BOA) valves are intended for distribution, cleaning and measurement of the flow rate of natural gas, liquid hydrocarbons, chemical liquids and process water (hereinafter referred to as the pumped medium), distributed separately – new technological facilities with a working pressure of up to 16 MPa, as well as to protect collectors and loops from overpressure, to cut off flows in the event of a rupture of loops. Operating conditions of blocks of shut-off valves: Blocks of shut-off valves (BZA, BPA, BOA) are intended for operation in macroclimatic regions with a moderate (U) and moderately cold climate (UHL), as well as in areas with a cold climate (CL). The climatic version of the blocks is chosen depending on the construction area, in accordance with the requirements of GOST 15150-69. Composition of valves: The equipment of the blocks of valves is mounted on a welded frame and is located in a heat-insulated room. The class of the explosive zone of the technological unit is B1a. Technological compartment. includes: pipeline lines; drainage system with a drainage manifold; shut-off and control valves for pipelines and drainage; filters; automatic sensors and signaling devices; ventilation, heating and lighting system; control of electrical equipment installed in the technological room of the unit (room heaters, lighting, fan, sensors ) is produced from the control cabinet. brand of flow meter, meter; presence of filters; quantity and composition of instrumentation; ventilation systems; type of room shelter; presence of room heating. Those. specifications Nominal pressure, MPa from 1.2 to 16 Nominal passage of inlet / outlet branch pipes, mm at the request of the customer Number of outlets up to 9 Ambient air temperature, 0С- 60 … + 40 Main power supply voltage, В220 Emergency power supply voltage, В220 Unit dimensions, mm, taking into account permissible dimensions for transportation Unit weight , kg, no more: 15000

Block for preparation of fuel and pulse gas BPTIG "Blue flame"

Basic technical data and characteristics BPTIG is a block product with technical devices located inside and consists of: a technological block with technological compartments, heating of the coolant and odorization; container for transporting odorant SPM; metal structure of the canopy for the container SPM; elements of pipelines for inter-block piping. Those. specifications Parameter name and characteristics Maximum working gas pressure at the inlet, MPa 9.81 Minimum working gas pressure at the inlet, MPa 7.34 Test gas pressure, MPa 14.72 Gas outlet pressure at both outlets, MPa 0.40 Total gas flow rate at both outlets, maximum, nm3 / h 201.9 Minimum gas consumption for both outlets, nm3 / h 54.0 Gas consumption for the power unit, maximum, nm3 / h 96.3 Gas consumption for the power unit, minimum, nm3 / h 54.0 Gas consumption for the boiler room, maximum, nm3 / h 105.6 Minimum gas consumption per boiler room, nm3 / h 0.0 Gas inlet temperature, 0C from plus 19.1 to plus 29 Minimum outlet gas temperature, 0C plus 5 Ambient air temperature, 0C from minus 29 to plus 49 Degree of purification (maximum allowable dimensions solid particles at the outlet of the BPTIG), μm 5 Installed resource before overhaul, at least, h 175 200 Main power supply voltage, V 220 Emergency power supply voltage, V 220 Number of outputs to the consumer two Permissible seismicity of the BPTIG installation area, Richter points 8 Overall dimensions (length × width × height), no more, m: – technological block – 9.0 × 2.8 × 3.0 – container for odorant transportation V = 1.8 m³ , ∅1.22 – metal structure of the canopy over the container for transporting odorant 2.5×1.25×1.805 – elements of pipelines for inter-unit piping 3.5×2.4×2.425 Weight, no more than, kg: – technological block 11000 – container for transporting odorant V = 1.8 m³ 1500 – metal structure of the canopy over the container for odorant transportation 700 – elements of pipelines for inter-unit piping 200 Service life, years, not less than 30

Block boiler plant "Blue flame" BKU-1200

Block boiler plant BKU is designed to heat hot water used as a heat carrier in heating systems, hot water supply of residential and industrial premises. Block boiler plant BKU is a block product with technical devices located inside the block.

Gas boiler houses

The main fuel at boiler stations of this type is: natural gas, associated petroleum gas. Often, to ensure uninterrupted operation, gas boiler houses are equipped with backup heating systems for other types of fuel. Benefits Using gas as the main fuel can significantly reduce the costs associated with the operation of the boiler house. Gas BKUs are characterized by increased environmental friendliness: during their operation, environmental pollution is minimized. Complete autonomy of the installation. At the request of the Customer, the product can be designed taking into account the placement of generating stations, efficient boilers with boilers and other technological equipment necessary to ensure the complete independence of the boiler station from other external communications. Design and manufacture of modular gas boiler houses are carried out in strict accordance with state industry standards. Each unit is equipped with technological equipment based on the individual requirements and tasks of the Customer. Performance, dimensions and other design and functional parameters depend on a number of factors: the purpose of the facility, the location region and other features of the product's operation. We produce both stationary and mobile gas boiler houses, including roof-top ones. From the production base of LLC "Plant" Neftegazoborudovanie "products are sent in full factory readiness. A long-term guarantee is established for all equipment, as well as for the execution of installation supervision and commissioning works carried out by our specialists.

Block boiler plants (BKU)

The BKU block boiler plant is an individual product designed for heating industrial, administrative, cultural and domestic facilities. The main and unconditional advantage of BKU over centralized heat supply is the short length of communications and the ability to respond quickly to a changed temperature situation, which can significantly reduce losses and energy costs. BKU are manufactured of various capacities and modifications depending on the type of fuel used: natural gas, fuel oil, diesel fuel, solid fuel, combined fuel (gas-fuel oil, gas-diesel fuel). ) and a moderately cold climate (UHL, NF), as well as in areas with a cold climate (HL, F). The climatic version of the BKU is chosen depending on the construction area, in accordance with the requirements of GOST 15150-69. BKU can be operated in areas with seismicity up to 9 points inclusive according to SNiP RK 2.03-30-2006. The design snow load (200 kgf / m2) meets the requirements of the V territorial region, and the wind load (85 kgf / m2) corresponds to the VII territorial region according to SNiP 2.01.07-85. and commissioning of the BKU; no large capital costs for the construction of a room for a boiler room; significantly reduces the costs of heat supply and operation of engineering networks; maximum proximity of the BKU to the heat supply facility; simple and convenient solution to the issue of decentralizing heat supply. residential and industrial buildings with complex infrastructure, and the use of district heating is impossible, it is advisable to build a boiler house on the roof. I am from the central control room, as well as to ensure the protection of boiler equipment in emergency situations. The automated control system of the ACS TP BKU is made on the element base of Siemens and performs the following functions: control of equipment operation and control of technological parameters of the boiler room; weather-dependent control of the heating circuit; control of DHW circuits; cascade control of boiler power; output of information on the state of equipment and technological process to the operator panel; control of the gas valve of the boiler room; alarm of gas contamination (for natural and carbon monoxide); transmission of technological parameters and warning and alarm signals to the control room through the channels of a dedicated line, telephone line, GSM, etc. The control automation also includes an electronic unit with a set of temperature sensors, which serves to adjust the temperature of the coolant depending on the outside temperature.

Odorant storage and dispensing containers (EXO)

The capacity for storing and dispensing the odorant has underground and surface design. Purpose of the tank for storing the odorant The container is a horizontal vessel with elliptical bottoms, inlet and outlet pipes.

Condensate collection tanks (ESK)

Condensate collection, storage and delivery tank is intended for collecting condensate and other gas treatment products in cleaning units for automatic gas distribution stations, hydraulic fracturing stations and other gas supply facilities. horizontal vessel with elliptical bottoms, inlet and outlet nozzles.

Capacitive equipment

LLC "Plant" Neftegazoborudovanie "produces tank equipment for storing natural gas, gas condensate and odorant. Manufactured Impulse Gas Accumulators (AIK), Odorant Storage and Dispensing Tanks (EXO), Condensate Collection Tanks (ESK) of our production are widely used at oil and gas industry facilities in Russia and the CIS countries. The production of structures and installations of this type is carried out at high-tech sites plant equipped with modern domestic and imported equipment. Highly qualified personnel of our company carries out a full cycle of work – from design to commissioning and subsequent maintenance. Many years of experience in the oil and gas sector allows us today to manufacture tank equipment both according to standard and individual projects and in various versions.

SUG Odorization Block

The LPG (liquefied petroleum gas) odorization unit is designed to impart a specific odor to the gas due to the normalized dosage of the odorant into the LPG stream passing through the pipeline. The LPG odorization unit supplies the required amount of odorant to the LPG pipeline in accordance with the specified parameters. The unit is designed for continuous operation without constant maintenance with routine maintenance during the period of planned shutdowns and revision of technological equipment. Operating conditions: The LPG odorization unit (BDR OD LPG) is adapted to work under various climatic conditions: macroclimatic regions with a temperate (U) and moderately cold climate (UHL), areas with a cold climate (CL). The selection of the climatic version of the odorization unit is made in compliance with the characteristics of the construction area, in accordance with the requirements of GOST 15150-69.

Filter (3 types)

Purpose Gas mesh filters FS are designed to clean non-aggressive hydrocarbon gases and air from mechanical impurities (scale, dust), eroding the sealing surfaces of pressure regulator valves, safety shut-off valves, shut-off and other fittings, as well as clogging and disabling impulse communications and devices. gas mesh are installed in the equipment of gas distribution systems with a maximum working pressure of up to 12 kgf / cm² The device The filter consists of a welded body, a cover and a filter element. Gas passing through the mesh of the filter element is cleaned of solid particles that settle in the lower part of the filter element cup and cover. After passing through the filter element, the purified gas enters the filter outlet. The filter housing has threaded nipples for connecting a differential pressure meter to them. At the request of the consumer, the filter can be supplied complete with a differential pressure indicator that allows you to control the degree of clogging of the filter element. The replacement of the filter element is carried out without dismantling the filter housing from the gas pipeline. Gas mesh filters are manufactured with nominal diameters: – DN25, DN50, DN80, DN100, DN150 with welded steel housings. The filter cleaning degree is 80 microns. Gas mesh filters of the FS type are manufactured in accordance with the requirements of technical specifications TU 3732-025-03216769-2014. Materials and purchased products used in the manufacture of filters for gas FS have certificates, passports and other documents confirming their compliance with the requirements of current standards and technical specifications. The manufacturer guarantees that the filter meets the requirements of technical specifications TU 3732-025-03216769-2014, provided that the consumer observes the transportation conditions, storage, installation and operation. The service life of the filters is at least 10 years. The warranty period is 12 months from the date of sale to the consumer, but not more than 18 months from the date of manufacture. The warranty period does not apply to the filter element. Filter driers of the FO type are designed for purification and drying of impulse gas and for control purposes of gas distribution stations, gas distribution points, etc. Filters of the FO type are produced at various costs. The absorption of moisture in filter-driers is carried out through the use of a sorbent based on delicate-viscent salts.

Liquid filters FZh

Liquid mesh filters are designed for purification of crude, commercial oil and water from mechanical impurities. They are used in commercial metering units of oil production enterprises. The working environment is crude and commercial oil with temperature parameters from 0 to +60 ° C and kinematic viscosity (1 – 100) x10-6 m2 / s. Ambient temperature for normal filter operation is from -50 to + 50 ° C.

Cyclone Dust Collector (PCT)

LLC "Plant" Neftegazoborudovanie "offers a wide range of installations designed for gas purification. We design, manufacture and supply various types and complete gas cleaning systems. The managers of our company will help you choose the best gas cleaning unit for each facility that meets all industry standards and the individual requirements of the Customer. The type and additional equipment of the equipment are determined taking into account the volume of the gases to be cleaned, the parameters of the gas flow (dust content, speed, temperature, humidity), the required degree of purification and other factors. High-tech units manufactured by our enterprise are effectively used in gas consumption systems of various levels. TU 3683-006-55402257-2010 Permission for use No. РРС 00-043663 Purpose of PCTP Cyclone-type dust collector is designed to clean natural and other gases from mechanical impurities and droplets. PCT is installed on main and process pipelines. PCT is a vertical vessel with elliptical bottoms, inlet and outlet pipes on a support. There are holes for foundation bolts at the base of the support. The PCT is operated in the open air. The cleaned natural gas enters the cyclone-type dust collector through the inlet pipe. When entering the interior, the gas collides with the baffle, as a result of which large droplets of liquid settle on the surface of the baffle and flow into the upper condensate collection cavity. The baffle is located at an angle to the inlet pipe, so the gas flow after contact with the baffle is directed along the periphery of the inner part of the vessel. The liquid condensing on the walls flows down into the upper condensate collection chamber. When the upper limit level is reached, the condensate is discharged by excess pressure into the condensate collection tank through the drain connection. The partially cleaned gas enters the cyclones operating in parallel. At the entrance to the cyclones there are blades welded at an angle to the pipe, which allows the gas flow to be swirled. Under the action of centrifugal forces, the gas is cleaned from mechanical impurities and the remaining dropping liquid. Cleaning products accumulate in the lower cavity of the body. When the upper limit level is reached by opening the tap (not included in the delivery set), the cleaning products are discharged into the condensate collection tank. The cleaned gas enters the main pipeline through the outlet pipe.

Gas switching and odorization unit (unit)

Purpose – disconnecting the gas distribution station from the branch gas pipeline and outgoing gas pipelines; – changing the direction of the high pressure gas flow to the bypass line. The bypass line is equipped (along the gas flow) with a manual valve and a wedge valve or a controlled valve and a regulator valve. Gas supply through the bypass line can be carried out both in manual mode and automatically with the help of ACS GDS; – consumer protection against excess gas pressure; – automatic gas odorization The following technological devices are located in the gas switching and odorization unit: – switching unit; – unit automatic odorization; – unit of safety valves; – bypass (bypass) line; – unit for gas reduction for own needs; – unit for the preparation of impulse gas for valves with pneumatic drive based on filter-driers; – necessary instrumentation. located on the inlet and outlet pipelines.

Safety shut-off valves (KPO)

Safety shut-off valves (KPO) are designed to protect boiler plants in gas heating systems at gas distribution stations with a coolant pressure in the heat circuit of up to 0.2 MPa (2 kgf / cm2) and a temperature range from +20 to +110 ° C. Safety shut-off valves ( KPO) are installed at the inlet and outlet of the gas heater and provide protection of the coolant circuit during depressurization of the gas heater. Prevent the ingress of natural gas under pressure up to 8.0 MPa (80 kgf / cm2) into the coolant circuit.

Gas metering unit (unit) BURG (UURG)

Purpose BURG, UURGB Gas metering unit is designed for technological and commercial metering of natural gas volume reduced to standard conditions by means of automatic electronic correction of readings in terms of temperature and pressure. UURG is designed for the required pressure, is used as part of GIS, AGDS, and other technological needs. main gas flow rate with 100% redundancy; main gas flow lines with 100% redundancy and a low flow line; configuration with a-shaped scheme, etc. Depending on the measurement method, we can offer several modifications of the BURG (UURG) using various metering devices: ultrasonic meter; quick-change constriction device (BSU); turbine meter; rotary meter; vortex meter. The functions of the gas metering unit (unit) BURG (UURG) BURG provides: measurement and indication of the instantaneous gas consumption under operating and standard conditions; accumulation of average hourly and daily average parameters and gas volume in archives with a storage depth of 30 days with the possibility of displaying them and external devices; gas composition control (according to the customer's specifications); identification of abnormal situations in the operation of the gas flow metering unit.

Gas metering unit (unit) BURG (UURG)

Purpose BURG, UURGB Gas metering unit is designed for technological and commercial metering of natural gas volume reduced to standard conditions by means of automatic electronic correction of readings in terms of temperature and pressure. UURG is designed for the required pressure, is used as part of GIS, AGDS, and other technological needs. main gas flow rate with 100% redundancy; main gas flow lines with 100% redundancy and a low flow line; configuration with a-shaped scheme, etc. Depending on the measurement method, we can offer several modifications of the BURG (UURG) using various metering devices: ultrasonic meter; quick-change constriction device (BSU); turbine meter; rotary meter; vortex meter. The functions of the gas metering unit (unit) BURG (UURG) BURG provides: measurement and indication of the instantaneous gas consumption under operating and standard conditions; accumulation of average hourly and daily average parameters and gas volume in archives with a storage depth of 30 days with the possibility of displaying them and external devices; gas composition control (according to the customer's specifications); identification of abnormal situations in the operation of the gas flow metering unit.

Gas control block point "Blue flame" (PGB)

The purpose of the block gas control station The gas control block station PHB is designed to: reduce the pressure of natural gas in accordance with GOST 5542 from high and medium pressure to the required and automatically maintain it within the specified limits; purify gas from mechanical impurities; commercial or technological metering of gas consumption; emergency increase or decrease in outlet pressure. Block gas control unit PHB are used in gas distribution and gas consumption systems in industry and public utilities. The operating conditions of the PHBPGB are designed for operation in areas with a temperate (U, N) and moderately cold climate (UHL, NF), as well as in areas with a cold climate (HL, F). The climatic version of the PHB is chosen depending on the construction area, in in accordance with the requirements of GOST 15150–69. PHB can be operated in areas with seismicity up to 8 points inclusive according to SNiP P-7-81. The calculated snow load (200 kgf / m2) meets the requirements of the V territorial region, and the wind load (85 kgf / m2) corresponds to the VII territorial region according to SNiP 2.01.07–85.

Gas heating unit "Blue flame" (BPG)

Purpose of the gas heating unit (unit) The gas heating unit (unit) BPG (UPG) is designed to heat gas to a predetermined temperature, can be used in gas distribution and gas consumption systems to exclude hydrate formation during throttling, as well as to maintain the gas temperature at the outlet of the gas distribution station, BPPG and The operating conditions of the gas heating unit (unit) BPG (UPG) are intended for operation in macroclimatic regions with a temperate (U, N) and moderately cold climate (UHL, NF), as well as in areas with a cold climate (HL, F ). The climatic version of the BPG (UPG) is chosen depending on the construction area, in accordance with the requirements of GOST 15150-69. BPG (UPG) can be operated in areas with seismicity up to 9 points inclusive according to SNiP RK 2.03-30-2006. The design snow load (200kgf / m2) must comply with the requirements of the V territorial region, and the wind load (85kgf / m2) – the VII territorial region according to SNiP 2.01.07-85. The size of the gas heating unit (node) as part of gas distribution stations should be determined from the conditions ensuring the required gas temperature at the outlet of the gas distribution station, the normal operation of the station equipment and the exclusion of its icing. In the case of using a gas heating unit (unit) in the station circuit, it is necessary to take into account the additional heat load. Composition of BPG (UPG) Gas heating unit (block) The gas heating unit (block) is used to heat the gas to the set temperature. Heat exchangers with a U-shaped tube bundle made of stainless steel are used as heaters. Heating is carried out using an intermediate heat carrier. The heat exchanger is designed for the maximum inlet pressure. Protection against breakthrough of the tube bundle is carried out by safety shut-off valves. The unit is equipped with all necessary instrumentation and control devices (pressure, temperature sensors, tube bundle breakthrough alarms) in accordance with the customer's requirements. The gas heating unit can be placed both in the unit and on the frame under a canopy (in in the case of large dimensions of heat exchangers)

Gas metering stations (GIS)

Purpose of gas metering stations Gas metering stations (GMS) are designed for continuous automatic measurement of the gas flow rate passing through the metering pipelines, with the determination of its component composition and calorific value. Methods of measurement: measurement of gas consumption by measuring the variable pressure drop across the restriction devices (BSU). To do this, a gas flow meter is installed on each measuring pipeline, complete with differential pressure, pressure and temperature sensors; measurement of gas flow by an ultrasonic method based on the phenomenon of displacement of a sound vibration by a moving medium using an ultrasonic flow meter. standard conditions with the help of a corrector of your choice: Floboss 107, SuperFlow, ERZ 2004, etc. Measurement of absolute and differential pressures, as well as gas temperature is performed by sensors. To account for the qualitative composition of gas, the GIS is equipped with chromatographs, calorimeters, an analyzer of the dew point temperature of hydrocarbons and water. The GIS includes the following units, blocks and systems: Block of measuring lines Block of measuring lines (BIL), which includes: collectors of above-ground or underground execution; flow transducers (main and redundant), which are used as ultrasonic flow transducers (USPR) and quick-change orifice devices (BSU); gas flow control system (optional); measuring lines, working and backup, with straight sections located immediately before and after flow converters; shut-off valves with electro-pneumatic or electric drives; auxiliary equipment and devices ( flow straighteners, sampling probes, instrumentation equipment, a set of heated connecting pipelines).

Installations for the preparation of fuel, starting and impulse gas (UPTPIG)

UPTPIG are designed for operation in areas with a temperate (Y, N) and moderately cold climate (UHL, NF), as well as in areas with a cold climate (HL, F). The climatic version of the UPTPIG is chosen depending on the construction area, in accordance with the requirements of GOST 15150-69. UPTPIG can be operated in areas with seismicity up to 9 points inclusive according to SNiP RK 2.03-30-2006. The calculated snow load (200 kgf / m2) meets the requirements of the V territorial region, and the wind load (85 kgf / m2) corresponds to the VII territorial region according to SNiP 2.01.07–85. UPTPIG performs the following functions: cleaning the gas entering the installation from mechanical and liquid impurities; accounting for the gas flow passing through the installation; dehydration of the pulse gas; heating and maintaining the temperature of the fuel and starting gas in the automatic mode in the specified range; reduction and maintenance in the specified range in automatic mode of pressure of fuel, starting and impulse gas of gas turbine installations of gas pumping units, emergency power supplies, thermal neutralization of gas purification products and local consumers; measurement and control of parameters of the air environment, gas content of the installation shelter with the issuance of parameters to the automated workstation of the compressor shop dispatcher; automatic control of systems engineering support, fire alarm and access control to the shelter of the installation with the issuance of parameters to the AWP.

Gas control cabinets (GRPSh, SRP)

Cabinet gas control stations SHRP (GRPSh) are designed to reduce the pressure of natural gas in accordance with GOST 5542 from high and medium pressure to the required one, as well as to automatically maintain it within the specified limits, purify gas from mechanical impurities, automatically turn off the gas supply in case of an emergency increase or decrease in the output The stations can be equipped with complexes for measuring the gas flow rate with correction for temperature and pressure, providing commercial or technological metering of gas flow. ShRP are intended for operation in areas with moderate (U, N) and moderately cold climates (UHL, NF), as well as in areas with cold climates (HL, F). Depending on the climatic performance of the equipment used, as agreed with the customer, ShRP can be supplied in insulated cabinets with heating of various types: gas heating (using automatic gas burners); explosion-proof electrical heating; water heating (coolant supply from an external source).

Reducing points (RP)

The reducing point is intended for: – cleaning natural and associated petroleum gas from mechanical impurities and droplet moisture; – heating the gas and maintaining its outlet temperature not lower than the minimum allowable; – gas reduction (reducing the gas inlet pressure and automatically maintaining the set pressure supplied to the consumer) ; – determination of the component composition of the gas; – measurement of the gas flow rate. Operating conditions: The reducing point is operated in the open air in macroclimatic regions with a temperate climate, version U of placement category 1 in accordance with GOST 15150. The reducing point is a block product with technical devices located inside and consists of: fuel gas preparation unit – gas consumption metering unit – gas consumption metering unit – coolant preparation unit – “Operator room” unit – in-line analysis unit – tanks for coolant – tanks for collecting, storing and dispensing condensate

Gas odorization unit UAOG
Installations for the preparation of fuel, starting and impulse gas (UPTPIG)

UPTPIG are designed for operation in areas with a temperate (Y, N) and moderately cold climate (UHL, NF), as well as in areas with a cold climate (HL, F). The climatic version of the UPTPIG is chosen depending on the construction area, in accordance with the requirements of GOST 15150-69. UPTPIG can be operated in areas with seismicity up to 9 points inclusive according to SNiP RK 2.03-30-2006. The calculated snow load (200 kgf / m2) meets the requirements of the V territorial region, and the wind load (85 kgf / m2) corresponds to the VII territorial region according to SNiP 2.01.07–85. UPTPIG performs the following functions: cleaning the gas entering the installation from mechanical and liquid impurities; accounting for the gas flow passing through the installation; dehydration of the pulse gas; heating and maintaining the temperature of the fuel and starting gas in the automatic mode in the specified range; reduction and maintenance in the specified range in automatic mode of pressure of fuel, starting and impulse gas of gas turbine installations of gas pumping units, emergency power supplies, thermal neutralization of gas purification products and local consumers; measurement and control of parameters of the air environment, gas content of the installation shelter with the issuance of parameters to the automated workstation of the compressor shop dispatcher; automatic control of systems engineering support, fire alarm and access control to the shelter of the installation with the issuance of parameters to the AWP.

Booster compressor stations (BCS)

The block-modular compressor station consists of compressor equipment located in a protective block container with installed electrical fittings and life support elements of the station. The compressor station uses gas compressors of various types depending on the customer's requirements. Composition: compressor equipment located in the block-module; auxiliary equipment, including heat exchange equipment; engineering systems. Compressor stations DKS, MKS and booster compressor station are manufactured according to the completed questionnaire … Scope of stations: The station prepares natural gas for the following operations: gas pumping; creation of the required gas pressure for transportation, storage, processing, separation into components; gas supply to a gas turbine station; gas supply to a gas-powered electric generator; enhanced oil recovery by injecting associated petroleum gas into the well under high pressure; to obtain gaseous nitrogen from compressed air. The stations are used to solve these and other problems at such facilities as: wells with low gas pressure at the outlet; wells with low production rates compared to those operating from the same formation; wells that have sharply reduced the flow rate during operation, while maintaining the in-situ pressure; wells with shallow bottom zone during drilling or workover; long idle wells after drilling, capital or underground repairs; for cleaning, blowing and pressure testing of pipelines, technological operations with wells, for driving pneumatic tools, as well as in other processes.

Filter separators FS

Filter separators are made in vertical version. Those. specifications hazard class according to GOST 12.1.007-76 flammability according to GOST 12 1 004-86 explosion hazard according to GOST 12.1.011-78

Gas regulating installations (GRU)

Gas through shut-off valves (ball valves) enters the gas filter, where it is cleaned of mechanical impurities. The gas filter is equipped with a differential pressure indicator to determine the degree of clogging of the filter elements. After cleaning, the gas enters the pressure regulator unit, in the regulation unit it decreases and the gas pressure is maintained within the specified limits at the outlet. The gas pressure regulator unit is an RDNK-400 gas pressure regulator (or another, depending on the customer's requirements) with a built-in safety shut-off valve. From the regulator through the valve, gas flows to the consumer. Gas control units GRU constructively allow disconnecting the filtration and reduction line for preventive maintenance work with a filter and a regulator, both in the main line and in the reserve one. GRUs are completed with equipment depending on the needs of the customer.

Reagent dosing unit (BDR)

Purpose of the reagent dosing unit Reagent dosing units (BDR) carry out automated preparation and dosed introduction of various liquid reagents into pipelines of the field oil transportation and treatment system for the implementation of in-line oil demulsification, reduction of salt deposition on the walls of product pipelines and equipment, as well as to protect pipelines and equipment from corrosion .Conditions of operation of the reagent dosing unit The reagent dosing unit is adapted to work in macroclimatic regions with a temperate and moderately cold climate (U, UHL), as well as in areas with a cold climate (CL) in accordance with the requirements of GOST 15150-69. a technological compartment (explosion hazard class B-1A) and a hardware compartment (general industrial version) on one base (frame). BDR is installed in an explosion-proof area. Composition of the block for dosing reagents In the technological compartment of the block, the following are installed: a dosing pump (electric pump dosing unit, membrane or plunger), which carries out continuous volumetric dosing of chemicals; a gear pump that fills the process tank with a chemical, pumping a chemical from an external tank into an internal one and periodic mixing of the reagent in the tank ; internal (consumable) tank of rectangular cross-section, welded, with a visual level gauge, designed for storing the chemical, equipped at the customer's request with an electric heater, a thermometer, a calibration tank for adjusting the metering pump and other additional equipment; external (technological) tank, free-flow, welded, rectangular section, with a visual level gauge, designed for storage and heating of an additional volume of chemical; piping of the injection and intake lines of dosing pumps, including, if necessary, an additional equipment; ventilation and lighting system; instrumentation for monitoring technological parameters and control stations.

Gas heaters (SG)

The SG gas heater is designed to heat natural gas, which does not contain aggressive impurities, to a predetermined temperature. Gas heating is carried out with a heat carrier (low-freezing liquid) or treated water from an external source. Gas heaters manufactured by Zavod Neftegazoborudovanie LLC can be used at gas facilities both indoors and outdoors. To operate the gas heater in the open air, the heat exchanger is isolated from the environment by means of a metal insulated casing.

Gas consumption metering points (PURG)

Accounting for natural gas consumption in accordance with GOST 5542, gas purification from impurities, control of gas parameters (pressure, temperature, as agreed with the customer – gas indicators: chemical composition, density, concentration of moisture and mechanical impurities, specific heat of combustion). Gas metering points are intended for operation in macroclimatic regions with a moderate (Y, N) and moderately cold climate (UHL, NF), as well as in areas with a cold climate (HL, F). PURG is used in gas distribution systems with pressure (up to 1 , 6 MPa).

HORIZONTAL PUMPING SYSTEM

Advantages of the HPS•High efficiency and cost effectiveness to the fluid injection 1m³.•Minimum costs for dismantling and mounting HPS.•Conductive maintenance work easy and simple.•HPS can be used both for the group and for the individual fluid injection into injection wells.

SINGLE-SCREW MULTIPHASE PUMPS (SSMP)

Single-screw multiphase pumps allows:•Pumped without pulsations and liquid mixture to emulsify gas content to 80%. Efficiency units pumping hydro-gas-oil mixtures of 65-70%. There is a technical solution for pumping a gas-liquid mixture with gas content to 99.5%.•Produce downhole pumping all products (oil, water, passing gas) directly to IOTB passing BPS•Reduce capital and operating costs of equipment intermediate pumping oil.•Extinguish the torch burning of associated gas and use it in IOTB on technological purposes.•Reduce the pressure on the wellhead, to increase oil production and reduce the intensity of the work of submersible pumps.•To pump the viscous oil without preheating•Pumped oil high in fur. impurities (1%).•With high efficiency pumping of water and water-gas blends in reservoir pressure maintenance systems address injection into injection wells.LTD

N220 Carbon Black

Black carbon reinforcement, which gives high wear resistance, high tensile strength and tensile strength of the rubber band. It is widely used for the production of high quality, rubber protection for all types of vehicles, and the protection of the population for renovation. Also used for the production of high quality rubber articles, moldings in difficult conditions. Those. specifications Target PROPERTY Tolerance test method ASTM 1. Adsorption of iodine, g / kg 121 ± 6 D 1510 2. Oil absorption quantity cm3 / l00g 114 ± 6 D 2414 3. Waste sieve 45 μm (No. 325),% ≤ 0.05 D 1514 4 Waste sieve 500 µm (No. 35),% ≤ 0.001 D 1514 5. Heating losses,% ≤ 1.5 D 1509 6. Ash content,% ≤ 1.0 D 1506 7. Add density, kg / m3 355 ± 25 D 1513 8. Fines, content,% ≤ 7 D 1508 9. pH value 7 ÷ 10 D 1512 10. Sulfur content,% ≤ 2.0 D 1619 11. Individual granules hardness (on average 20 years), g ≤ 55 D 5230 12. Individual granules of hardness (up to 20), g ≤ 90 D 5230 13. Discoloration toluene,% ≥ 90 D 1618 14. Surface area BET (NSA), m2 / g 114 ± 5 D 6556 15. External surface of the zone (CSTE), m2 / g 106 ± 5 D 6556 16. Strength shade 116 ± 5 D 3265 17. Oil absorption number of tablets, e.g. cm3 / 100 g 98 ± 5 D 3493

N234 Carbon Black

Black carbon reinforcement, which gives high wear resistance, high tensile strength and tensile strength of the rubber band. It is widely used for the production of high quality, rubber protection for all types of vehicles, and the protection of the population for renovation. Also used for the production of high quality rubber articles, moldings in difficult conditions. Those. specification Property Test ASTM Value (STSA) 10³ m2 / kg (m2 / g) D 6556 112 ± 5 (NSA), 10³ m2 / kg (m2 / g) D 6556 119 ± 5 Iodine Absorption g / kg D 1510 120 ± 5 ( ОАN), 10 m3 / kg D 2414 125 ± 5 (COAN), 10-5 m3 / kg D 3493 102 ± 5pH of water suspension D 1512 6-10 Sulfur content,% max D 1619 1.1 Heating Loss at 105 C˚, %, max D 16190.9ASH content,% max D 1506 0.45 Tint strength D 3265123 ± 5 Sieve residue,% max 0.045 mm% D 15140,10,500 mm% D 15140,001 Toluene discoloration,% min D 1618 90Pour density,% D 1513 320 ± 30 Fines content,% max D 1508bags – 12.0big-bags – 8.0hoppers 7.0НD 33130.25-1

N339 Carbon Black

Black carbon reinforcement, which gives high wear resistance, high tensile strength and tensile strength of the rubber band. It is widely used for the production of high quality, rubber protection for all types of vehicles, and the protection of the population for renovation. Also used for the production of high quality rubber articles, moldings in difficult conditions. Those. Specifications Property Test ASTM Value (STSA) 10³ m2 / kg (m2 / g) D 6556 88 ± 5 (NSA), 10³ m2 / kg (m2 / g) D 6556 91 ± 5 Iodine Absorption g / kg D 1510 90 ± 5 ( ОАN), 10 m3 / kg D 2414 120 ± 5 (COAN), 10-5 m3 / kg D 3493 99 ± 5pH of water suspension D 1512 6-10 Sulfur content,% max D 1619 1.1 Heating Loss at 105 C˚, %, max D 16190.9ASH content,% max D 1506 0.45 Tint strength D 3265111 ± 5 Sieve residue,% max 0.045 mm% D 15140,10,500 mm% D 15140,001 Toluene discoloration,% min D 1618 80Pour density,% D 1513 380 ± 30 Fines content,% max D 1508bags – big-bags – hoppers 7,0НD 33130,25-1

N660 Carbon Black

Black carbon reinforcement, which gives high wear resistance, high tensile strength and tensile strength of the rubber band. It is widely used for the production of high quality, rubber protection for all types of vehicles, and the protection of the population for renovation. Also used for the production of high quality rubber articles, moldings in difficult conditions. Those. Specifications Property Test ASTM Value (STSA) 10³ m2 / kg (m2 / g) D 6556 34 ± 5 (NSA), 10³ m2 / kg (m2 / g) D 6556 35 ± 5 Iodine Absorption g / kg D 1510 36 ± 5 ( ОАN), 10 m3 / kg D 2414 90 ± 5 (COAN), 10-5 m3 / kg D 3493 74 ± 5pH of water suspension D 1512 6-10 Sulfur content,% max D 1619 1.1 Heating Loss at 105 C˚, %, max D 16190.9ASH content,% max D 1506 0.45 Tint strength D 3265- Sieve residue,% max 0.045 mm% D 15140,10,500 mm% D 15140,001 Toluene discoloration,% min D 1618 75Pour density,% D 1513 440 ± 30 Fines content,% max D 1508bags – 12.0big-bags – 8.0hoppers 7.0НD 33130.25-1

N330 Carbon Black

Black carbon reinforcement, which gives high wear resistance, high tensile strength and tensile strength of the rubber band. It is widely used for the production of high quality, rubber protection for all types of vehicles, and the protection of the population for renovation. Also used for the production of high quality rubber articles, moldings in difficult conditions. Those. Specifications Property Test ASTM Value (STSA) 10³ m2 / kg (m2 / g) D 6556 75 ± 5 (NSA), 10³ m2 / kg (m2 / g) D 6556 78 ± 5 Iodine Absorption g / kg D 1510 82 ± 5 ( ОАN), 10 m3 / kg D 2414 102 ± 5 (COAN), 10-5 m3 / kg D 3493 88 ± 5pH of water suspension D 1512 6-10 Sulfur content,% max D 1619 1.1 Heating Loss at 105 C˚, %, max D 16190.9ASH content,% max D 1506 0.45 Tint strength D 3265104 ± 5 Sieve residue,% max 0.045 mm% D 15140,10,500 mm% D 15140,001 Toluene discoloration,% min D 1618 85Pour density,% D 1513 380 ± 30 Fines content,% max D 1508bags – big-bags – hoppers 7,0НD 33130,25-1

Pneumatic V-525 235 / 65R16C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 235 / 65R16C, Speed index: R index Load: 115/113, Average weight (kg): 15,302

Pneumatic V-525 215 / 65R16C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 215 / 65R16C, Speed index: R index Load: 109/107, Average weight (kg): 12.658 Saturn, Saturn

Pneumatic V-525 195 / 75R16C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 195 / 75R16C, Speed index: R index Load: 107/105, Average weight (kg): 12,002

Pneumatic V-525 215 / 65R15C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 215 / 65R15C, Speed index: R index Load: 104/102, Average weight (kg): 11,879

Pneumatic V-525 205 / 70R15C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 205 / 70R15C, Speed index: R index Load: 106/104, Average weight (kg): 12,394

Pneumatic V-525 195 / 70R15C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 195 / 70R15C, Speed index: R index Load: 104/102, Average weight (kg): 11.05

Tire 1P 195 R14C V-525 195 R14C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 195 R14C, Speed index: R index Load: 106/104, Average weight (kg): from 10.975

Pneumatic V-526 235 / 60R18

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 235 / 60R18, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 103, Average Weight (kg): 14.604

Pneumatic V-526 235 / 65R17

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 235 / 65R17, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 104, Average Weight (kg): 15,004

Pneumatic V-526 225 / 65R17

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 225 / 65R17, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 102, Average Weight (kg): 13.606

Pneumatic V-526 215 / 55R17

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 215 / 55R17, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 94, Average Weight (kg): 11,764

Pneumatic V-526 205 / 70R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 205 / 70R15, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 96, Average Weight (kg): 11.317

Pneumatic V-521 255 / 45R18

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 255 / 45R18, Speed index: T, Load index: 103, Average weight (kg): 13.413

Pneumatic V-521 245 / 45R17

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 245 / 45R17, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 11.294

Pneumatic V-521 225 / 50R17

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 225 / 50R17, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 11.407

Pneumatic V-521 225 / 45R17

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 225 / 45R17, Speed Index: Q Index Load: 94, Average Weight (kg): 10.196

Pneumatic V-521 215 / 60R16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 215 / 60R16, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 11.038

Pneumatic V-521 205 / 55R16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 205 / 55R16, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 91, Average Weight (kg): 9.409

Pneumatic V-521 195 / 60R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 195 / 60R15, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 8.692

Pneumatic V-521 195 / 55R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 195 / 55R15, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 7.8

Pneumatic V-521 185 / 65R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 185 / 65R15, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 8,401

Pneumatic V-521 185 / 60R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 185 / 60R15, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 7.877

Pneumatic V-521 185 / 70R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 185 / 70R14, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 88, Average Weight (kg): 8.38

Pneumatic V-521 185 / 65R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 185 / 65R14, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 86, Average Weight (kg): 8,022

Pneumatic V-521 185 / 60R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 185 / 60R14, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 82, Average Weight (kg): 7,732

Pneumatic V-521 175 / 70R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 175 / 70R14, Speed index: T, Load index: 84, Average weight, (kg): 7,839

Pneumatic V-521 175 / 65R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 175 / 65R14, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 82, Average Weight (kg): 7,136

Pneumatic V-237 265 / 65R17

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specification Size: 265 / 65R17, Speed Index: H Load Index: 112, Average Weight (kg): 17.358

Pneumatic V-237 235 / 65R17

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specification Size: 235 / 65R17, Speed Index: H Load Index: 104, Average Weight (kg): 14,711

Pneumatic V-237 225 / 65R17

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 225 / 65R17, Speed index: H Load index: 102, Average weight (kg): 12.413

Pneumatic V-237 225 / 60R17

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 225 / 60R17, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 12.974

Pneumatic V-237 215 / 55R17

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 215 / 55R17, Speed Index: V Index Load: 94, Average Weight (kg): 11,258

Pneumatic V-237 245 / 70R16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specification Size: 245 / 70R16, Speed Index: H Load Index: 107, Average Weight (kg): 15,495

Pneumatic V-237 235 / 60R16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 235 / 60R16, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 12,833

Pneumatic V-237 205 / 70R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 205 / 70R15, Speed Index: H Load Index: 96, Average Weight (kg): 10.985

Pneumatic V-130 255 / 45R18

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 255 / 45R18, Speed index: V index Load: 103, Average weight (kg): 12.979

Pneumatic V-130 245 / 45R17

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 245 / 45R17, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 11.475

Pneumatic V-130 225 / 50R17

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 225 / 50R17, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 10.98

Pneumatic V-130 215 / 55R17

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 215 / 55R17, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 11,094

Pneumatic V-130 215 / 55R16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 215 / 55R16, Speed index: V index Load: 93, Average weight (kg): 8,564

Pneumatic V-130 225 / 55R16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 225 / 55R16, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 10.995

Pneumatic V-130 195 / 65R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 195 / 65R15, Speed: -, Load Index: 91, Average Weight (kg): 8.698

Pneumatic V-130 195 / 55R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 195 / 55R15, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 7.926

Pneumatic V-130 185 / 65R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 185 / 65R15, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 8.127

Pneumatic V-130 185 / 60R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 185 / 60R15, Speed Index: H Load Index: 84, Average Weight, (kg): 7.967

Pneumatic V-130 185 / 55R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 185 / 55R15, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 7.946

Pneumatic V-130 185 / 70R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 185 / 70R14, Speed Index: H Load Index: 88, Average Weight (kg): 8,025

Pneumatic V-130 185 / 65R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 185 / 65R14, Speed Index: H Load Index: 86, Average Weight (kg): 7.884

Pneumatic V-130 185 / 60R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 185 / 60R14, Speed Index: H Load Index: 82, Average Weight (kg): 7,715

Pneumatic V-130 175 / 70R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specification Size: 175 / 70R14, Speed Index: H Load Index: 84, Average Weight, (kg): 7.75

Pneumatic V-130 175 / 65R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 175 / 65R14, Speed Index: H Load Index: 82, Average Weight (kg): 7.017

Tires NK-520 205/75 R16C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 205/75 R16C, Speed Index: R Index Load: 110/108, Average Weight (kg): 13.326

Tires NK-131 205 / 75R16C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 205 / 75R16C, Speed index: R index Load: 110/108, Average weight (kg): 12,709

Tires NK-520 185/75 R16C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 185/75 R16C, Speed index: R index Load: 104/102, Average weight (kg): 11,517

Tires NK-131 235 / 65R16C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 235 / 65R16C, Speed index: R index Load: 115/113, Average weight (kg): 15,329

Tires NK-131 235 / 65R16C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 235 / 65R16C, Speed index: R index Load: 115/113, Average weight (kg): 15,329

Tires NK-131 215 / 75R16C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 215 / 75R16C, Speed Index: R Index, Load: 116/114, Average Weight (kg): 13.287

Tires NK-131 215 / 65R16C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 215 / 65R16C, Speed index: R index Load: 109/107, Average weight (kg): 12,759

Tires NK-131 195 / 75R16C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 195 / 75R16C, Speed Index: R Index Load: 107/105, Average Weight (kg): 12.45

Tires NK-131 185 / 75R16C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 185 / 75R16C, Speed Index: N Load Index: 104/102, Average Weight (kg): 11,526

Tires NK-131 215 / 65R15C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 215 / 65R15C, Speed Index: R Index Load: 104/102, Average Weight (kg): 11.976

Tires NK-131 205 / 70R15C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 205 / 70R15C, Speed index: R index Load: 106/104, Average weight (kg): 11.609

Tires NK-131 195 / 70R15C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 195 / 70R15C, Speed index: R index Load: 104/102, Average weight (kg): 11,331

Tires NK-131 195R14C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 195R14C, Speed Index: R Index Load: 106/104, Average Weight (kg): 11.184

KAMA tires EURO-236 185 / 70R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 185 / 70R14, Speed Index: H Load Index: 88, Average Weight (kg): 7,791

KAMA tires EURO-236 185 / 65R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 185 / 65R14, Speed Index: H Load Index: 86, Average Weight (kg): 6.949

KAMA tires EURO-236 155 / 65R13

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 155 / 65R13, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 73, Average Weight (kg): 4,842

KAMA tires EURO-228 205 / 75R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 205 / 75R15, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 97, Average Weight (kg): 11.317

KAMA tires EURO-224 185 / 60R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 185 / 60R14, Speed Index: H Load Index: 82, Average Weight (kg): 6.89

KAMA tires EURO-224 175 / 70R13

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 175 / 70R13, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 82, Average Weight (kg): 6.922

Tires NK-129 215 / 60R16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 215 / 60R16, Speed index: V index Load: 95, Average weight (kg): 9.941

Tires NK-129 215/55 R16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 215/55 R16, Speed index: V index Load: 93, Average weight (kg): 9.997

Tires NK-129 205 / 60R16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 205 / 60R16, Speed index: V index Load: 92, Average weight (kg): 9.426

Tires NK-129 205 / 55R16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 205 / 55R16, Speed index: V index Load: 91, Average weight (kg): 9.197

Tires NK-129 205 / 65R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 205 / 65R15, Speed index: V index Load: 94, Average weight (kg): 9,076

Tires NK-129 205/60 R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 205/60 R15, Speed index: V index Load: 91, Average weight (kg): 9,162

Tires NK-129 195 / 65R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 195 / 65R15, Speed Index: H Load Index: 91, Average Weight (kg): 8.653

Tires NK-129 195 / 60R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 195 / 60R15, Speed index: V index Load: 88, Average weight (kg): 8,074

Tires NK-129 195/55 R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 195/55 R15, Speed index: V index Load: 85, Average weight (kg): 9,068

Tires NK-129 185/65 R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 185/65 R14, Speed index: H Index Load: 86, Average weight (kg): 7,252

Tires NK-129 185 / 60R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 185 / 60R14, Speed Index: H Load Index: 82, Average Weight (kg): 7.207

Tires NK-129 175 / 70R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 175 / 70R14, Speed indicator: H Index of Load: 84, Average weight, (kg): 6.927

Tires NK-129 175 / 65R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specification Size: 175 / 65R14, Speed Index: H Load Index: 82, Average Weight (kg): 7.03

Tires NK-129 175 / 70R13

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 175 / 70R13, Speed Index: H Load Index: 82, Average Weight (kg): 6,749

Tires NkF-8 9.00-16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 9.00-16, Speed Index: A6 Load Index: 121, Average Weight (kg): 24.45

Tires NF 201 315/60 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 315/60 R 22.5, Speed indicator: L Load index: 152/148, Average weight (kg): 55.966

Tires KAMA-406 8,15-15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 8.15-15, Speed: A5, Load Index: 146, Average Weight (kg): 22.69

Tires KAMA-404 6.50-10

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 6.50-10, Speed Index: A5, Load Index: 122, Average Weight (kg): 14.583

Tires FD-14-ns12 21.3 R-24

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 21.3 R-24, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 151.07

Tires KAMA-422 7.00-12

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 7.00-12, Speed Index: A5, Load Index: 131, Average Weight (kg): 17.975

Tires F-65 18h7-8

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 18h7-8, Speed Index: A5, Load Index: 121, Average Weight (kg): 9,792

Tires F-2A 15.5 R-38

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 15.5 R-38, Rotational speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 107.223

Tires KAMA-405 13.6R38

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 13,6R38, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 92,461

Tires FD-14-ns10 21.3 R-24

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 21.3 R-24, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 142.62

Tire 1P 18.4 R24 CARAT 000/00 R24

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 000/00 R24, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 121.276

Tire F-35 11,2.20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 11,2.20, Speed Index: A6 Load Index: 114, Average Weight (kg): 41,849

Tires KAMA-421 6L-12

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 6L-12, Speed Index: A6 Load Index: 44, Average Weight (kg): 6,508

Tires V-103 7.50-20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 7.50-20, Speed Ratio: A6 Load Index: 102, Average Weight (kg): up to 23.877

Tires KF-97-1 16.5 / 70-18

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 16.5 / 70-18, Speed Index: A6 Load Index: 149, Average Weight (kg): 70.35

Tires L-163 12.00-16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 12.00-16, Speed Index: A6 Load Index: 126, Average Weight (kg): 34.627

Tires L-225-1 6.00-16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 6.00-16, Speed Index: A6 Load Index: 88, Average Weight (kg): 15.819

Tires L-225-1 6.00-16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 6.00-16, Speed Index: A6 Load Index: 88, Average Weight (kg): 15.819

Tires NF 701 11 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 11 R 22.5, Speed indicator: K index Load: 148/145, Average weight (kg): 55.262

Tires n ° 501 oship 315/70 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 315/70 R 22.5, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 71,154

Tires NF 501 oship 315/70 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 315/70 R 22.5, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 62.865

Tires n ° 501 315/70 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 315/70 R 22.5, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 68.893

Tires NF 501 315/70 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 315/70 R 22.5, Speed: -, Load index: – Average weight (kg): 62.37

Tires No. 701 12.00 R 24

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 12.00 R 24, Speed level: K index Load: 160/156, Average weight (kg): 99.649

Wheels NU 701 12 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 12 R 22.5, Speed indicator: L Load index: 152/148, Average weight (kg): 63.898

Wheels NU 701 315/80 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 315/80 R 22.5, Speed indicator: K index Load: 156/150, Average weight (kg): 70.379

Tire 1P 295/80 R22.5 KAMA NU 701 295/80 R22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 295/80 R22.5, Speed indicator: – Load index: – Average weight (kg): 63,784

Tires No. 701 12.00 R 20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 12.00 R 20, Speed indicator: K Load index: 154/150, Average weight (kg): 87.321

Tires NF 202 12R22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 12R22.5, Speed indicator: L Load index: 152/148, Average weight (kg): 61.978

Tires NF 202 12 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 12 R 22.5, Speed indicator: L Load index: 152/148, Average weight (kg): 61.978

Tire NT 201 385/65 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 385/65 R 22.5, Speed indicator: K index Load: 160, Average weight (kg): 70.201

Tires NF 202 385/65 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 385/65 R 22.5, Speed index: K index Load: 160, Average weight (kg): 69.48

Tires NF202 385 / 65R22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 385 / 65R22.5, Speed Index: K Load Index: 160, Average Weight (kg): 69.48

Pneumatic NT-202 385/55 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 385/55 R 22.5, Speed indicator: K index Load: 160, Average weight (kg): 71.98

Tires NT202 + 385 / 55R22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 385 / 55R22.5, Speed Index: K Load Index: 160, Average Weight (kg): 71.98

Tires N ° 201 315/80 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 315/80 R 22.5, Speed indicator: L Load index: 156/150, Average weight (kg): 70.344

Tires NF 201 315/80 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 315/80 R 22.5, Speed indicator: L Load index: 156/150, Average weight (kg): 64.844

Tires NF 201 315/80 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 315/80 R 22.5, Speed indicator: L Load index: 156/150, Average weight (kg): 64.844

Tires N ° 202 315/70 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 315/70 R 22.5, Speed indicator: L Load index: 154/150, Average weight (kg): 67.754

Tires NF 202 315/70 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 315/70 R 22.5, Speed index: L index Load: 154/150, Average weight (kg): 61.414

Tires, N ° 101 315/70 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 315/70 R 22.5, Speed index: L index Load: 154/150, Average weight (kg): 67.75

Tires, N ° 101 315/70 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 315/70 R 22.5, Speed index: L index Load: 154/150, Average weight (kg): 67.75

Tires NF 101 315/70 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 315/70 R 22.5, Speed indicator: L Load index: 154/150, Average weight (kg): 62.565

Tires N ° 201 315/60 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 315/60 R 22.5, Speed indicator: K index Load: 152/148, Average weight (kg): 59.993

Tires NF 201+ 315/60 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 315/60 R 22.5, Speed index: L Load index: 152/148, Average weight (kg): 55,807

Tires N ° 202 295/80 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 295/80 R 22.5, Speed indicator: M Load index: 152/148, Average weight (kg): 63.945

Tires N ° 202 295/75 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 295/75 R 22.5, Speed indicator: M Load index: 148/145, Average weight (kg): 58.728

Tires NF 202 295/75 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 295/75 R 22.5, Speed indicator: M Load index: 148/145, Average weight (kg): 56.505 li

Wheels NU 301 275/70 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 275/70 R 22.5, Speed index: J index Load: 148/145, Average weight (kg): 55.263

Tires N ° 201 275/70 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 275/70 R 22.5, Speed indicator: L Load index: 148/145, Average weight (kg): 54.941

Tires NF 201 275/70 R 22.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 275/70 R 22.5, Speed indicator: M Load index: 148/145, Average weight (kg): 51.147

Tires N ° 201 285/70 R 19.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 285/70 R 19.5, Speed indicator: M Load index: 145/143, Average weight (kg): 44.451

Tires NF 202 285/70 R 19.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 285/70 R 19.5, Speed indicator: M Load index: 145/143, Average weight (kg): 44.458

Pneumatic NT 202 265/70 R 19.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 265/70 R 19.5, Speed index: J index Load: 143/141, Average weight (kg): 42.199

Tires N ° 201 245/70 R 19.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 245/70 R 19.5, Speed index: M Load index: 136/134, Average weight (kg): 37.612

Tires N ° 201 245/70 R 19.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 245/70 R 19.5, Speed index: M Load index: 136/134, Average weight (kg): 37.612

Tires NF 201 245/70 R 19.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 245/70 R 19.5, Speed indicator: M Load index: 136/134, Average weight (kg): 35.757

Pneumatic NT 202 235/75 R 17.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 235/75 R 17.5, Speed indicator: J Index Load: 143/141, Average weight (kg): 32.929

Tires N ° 202 235/75 R 17.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 235/75 R 17.5, Speed indicator: M Load index: 132/130, Average weight (kg): 30.278

Tires NF 202 235/75 R 17.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 235/75 R 17.5, Speed indicator: M Load index: 132/130, Average weight (kg): 28.681

Tires NU301 225 / 75R17.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 225 / 75R17.5, Speed indicator: M Load index: 129/127, Average weight (kg): 27.557

Tires N ° 202 225 / 75R17.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 225 / 75R17.5, Speed indicator: M Load index: 129/127, Average weight (kg): 28.807

Wheels NU 301 215/75 R 17.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 215/75 R 17.5, Speed index: M Load index: 126/124, Average weight (kg): 27,009

Tires N ° 201 215/75 R 17.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 215/75 R 17.5, Speed indicator: M Load index: 126/124, Average weight (kg): 27.883

Tires NF 202 215/75 R 17.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 215/75 R 17.5, Speed indicator: M Load index: 126/124, Average weight (kg): 26.547

Tires KAMA-701 12,00R20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 12,00R20, Speed index: F, Load index: 154/150, Average weight (kg): 77,45

Tires KAMA-701 10.00R20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 10.00R20, Speed Index: F, Load Index: 147/143, Average Weight (kg): 64,504

Tires KAMA-410 530 / 70-21

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 530 / 70-21) Speed: F, Load index: 156, Average weight (kg): 105.2

Tires KAMA-410 530 / 70-21

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 530 / 70-21) Speed: F, Load index: 156, Average weight (kg): 105.2

Tire I-P184-1 1220h400-533

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 1220h400-533, Speed: G, Load Index: 141, Average Weight (kg): 92.651

Tires KAMA-1260-2 NS-14; NS-18 425/85 R21

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 425/85 R21, Speed index: G, Load index: 156, Average weight (kg): 122,156

Tires KAMA-1260, KAMA-1260-1 425/85 R21

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 425/85 R21, Speed index: G, Load index: 156, Average weight (kg): 123,977

Tires KAMA-401 400 / 70-21 (1100h400-533)

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 400 / 70-21 (1100h400-533), Speed: G, Load index: 145, Average weight (kg): 89,872

Tires ID-P284 ns10 i ns16 500 / 70-20 (1200h500-508)

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 500 / 70-20 (1200h500-508), Speed Index: F, Load Index: 156, Average Weight (kg): 109,732

Tires KAMA URAL n.s 10 i ns18 390 / 95R20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 390 / 95R20, Speed index: J Load index: 156, Average weight (kg): 112,502

Tires OI-25 ns14 14.00-20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 14.00-20, Speed: G, Load Index: 146, Average Weight (kg): 101.686

Tires OI-25 ns10 14.00-20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 14.00-20, Speed: G, Load Index: 140, Average Weight (kg): 101.645

Tires KAMA 402 12.00R20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 12.00R20, Speed indicator: J Load index: 154/149, Average weight (kg): 70.934

Tires ID-304, U-4. ns16 n.s.18 12.00 R-20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 12.00 R-20, Speed Ratio: J Index Load: 154/149, Average Weight (kg): 77.254

Tires KAMA-310 12,00R20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 12,00R20, Speed index: J Load index: 154/149, Average weight (kg): 74,406

Tires KAMA-310 11.00R20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 11.00R20, Speed Index: K Load Index: 150/146, Average Weight (kg): 62.269

Tire I-68-h.s.14 h.s.16 11.00R20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 11,00R20, Speed index: K Load index: 150/146, Average weight (kg): 65,503

Tires KAMA-310 10.00R20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 10.00R20, Speed Index: K Load Index: 146/143, Average Weight (kg): 60,059

Tire I-281, U-4 10.00R20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 10,00R20, Speed index: J Load index: 146/143, Average weight (kg): 62,194

Tires 0-40 BM 9.00R20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 9.00R20, Speed Index: J Load Index: 140/137, Average Weight (kg): 52,458

Tires В-142 BM 9,00R20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 9,00R20, Speed Index: K Load Index: 140/137, Average Weight (kg): 52,466

Tires u-2 8.25R20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 8.25R20, Speed Index: J Load Index: 125/122, Average Weight (kg): 38,749

Tires KAMA-202 215 / 75R17.5

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 215 / 75R17.5, Speed indicator: M Load index: 124/123, Average weight (kg): 20.415

Tire I-368 12,00R20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 12,00R20, Speed index: J Load index: 154/149, Average weight (kg): 67,572

Tire I-111AM 11.00R20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 11,00R20, Speed index: J Load index: 149/145, Average weight (kg): 61,108

Tire I-A185 10,00R20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 10,00R20, Speed index: J Load index: 146/143, Average weight (kg): 54,693

OI-73 B tires 10.00R20

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 10,00R20, Speed indicator: K Load index: 146/143, Average weight (kg): 56.417

Tire I-359 225 / 75R16C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 225 / 75R16C, Speed Index: N Load Index: 121/120, Average Weight (kg): 16,504

Tire I-502 225 / 85R15C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 225 / 85R15C, Speed Index: P Index Load: 106, Average Weight (kg): 18.615

Tire I-502 225 / 85R15C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 225 / 85R15C, Speed Index: P Index Load: 106, Average Weight (kg): 18.615

Pneumatic JA-245-1 215 / 90-15C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 215 / 90-15C, Speed Index: K Load Index: 99, Average Weight (kg): 18,569

Tires Kama 218 225 / 75R16C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 225 / 75R16C, Speed Index: N Load Index: 121/120, Average Weight (kg): 16.808

175R16C tires KAMA-218

The largest tire manufacturer, which occupies one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market, which approves tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER – ONE 20 'container. MIXTURE IN THE PACKAGING AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. The lifting capacity is configured for a 40HC container. POSSIBILITY OF SAMPLES, DELIVERY are discussed individually. TERMS OF PAYMENT: prepayment or LC Tech. Specifications Size: 175R16C, Speed Indicator: H Load Index: 98/96, Average Weight (kg): 12.07

Tires KAMA-231 185 / 75R13C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 185 / 75R13C, Speed Index: N Load Index: 96, Average Weight (kg): 8.617

Tires KAMA-231 185 / 75R13C

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 185 / 75R13C, Speed Index: N Load Index: 96, Average Weight (kg): 8.617

KAMA tires - FLAME (b / k) 205 / 70R16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 205 / 70R16, Speed index: Q index Load: 91, Average weight (kg): 11.43

KAMA tires - FLAME (b / k) 205 / 70R16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 205 / 70R16, Speed index: Q index Load: 91, Average weight (kg): 11.43

Tires KAMA-221 235 / 70R16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 235 / 70R16, Speed index: S index Load: 109, Average weight (kg): 15.977

Tires KAMA-219 225 / 75R16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 225 / 75R16, Speed index: R index Load: 104, Average weight (kg): 14.59

Tires Kama 235 215 / 70R16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 215 / 70R16, Speed index: H Load index: 99, Average weight (kg): 12,562

Tires Kama 214 215 / 65R16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 215 / 65R16, Speed Index: Q Index Load: 102, Average Weight (kg): 12.039

Tires KAMA-232 185 / 75R16

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 185 / 75R16, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 95, Average Weight (kg): 10,594

Tires KAMA-232 205 / 70R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 205 / 70R15, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 95, Average Weight (kg): 10.871

Tires Ya-520 PILIGRIM 235 / 75R-15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 235 / 75R-15, Speed Index: S Load Index: 105, Average Weight (kg): 17.618

Tires KAMA-NIKOLA 195 / 65R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 195 / 65R15, Speed Index: H Load Index: 91, Average Weight (kg): 9.411

Tires KAMA-234 195 / 65R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 195 / 65R15, Speed Index: H Load Index: 91, Average Weight (kg): 9.127

Tires Kama-230 185 / 65R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 185 / 65R14, Speed Index: H Load Index: 86, Average Weight (kg): 7,172

KAMA tires -208 185 / 60R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 185 / 60R14, Speed index: H Load index: 82, Average weight (kg): 7,432

Tires KAMA-217 175 / 65R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 175 / 65R14, Speed Index: H Load Index: 82, Average Weight (kg): 6,847

Tires KAMA-217 175 / 70R13

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 175 / 70R13, Speed index: H Load index: 82, Average weight (kg): 6,831

Tires KAMA-205 175 / 70R13

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 175 / 70R13, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 82, Average Weight (kg): 6.128

Tires KAMA-204 (b / c) 135 / 80R12

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 135 / 80R12, Speed Index: T Load Index: 68, Average Weight (kg): 4,616

Tires NK-132 205 / 65R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 205 / 65R15, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 94, Average Weight (kg): 9.607

Tires NK-132 205 / 65R15

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 205 / 65R15, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 94, Average Weight (kg): 9.607

Tires NK-132 185 / 70R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 185 / 70R14, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 88, Average Weight (kg): 7,552

Tires NK-132 185 / 65R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 185 / 65R14, Speed Index: H Load Index: 86, Average Weight (kg): 7.415

Tires NK-132 185 / 60R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 185 / 60R14, Speed Index: H Load Index: 82, Average Weight (kg): 7.203

Tires NK-132 175 / 70R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. specifications Size: 175 / 70R14, Speed index: T, Load index: 84, Average weight, (kg): 7,187

Tires NK-132 175 / 65R14

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 175 / 65R14, Speed Index: H Load Index: 82, Average Weight (kg): 6,847

Tires NK-132 175 / 70R13

Tire is a larger manufacturing company occupying one of the leading positions in the Russian Federation and the CIS countries. The range of manufactured tires includes more than 120 standard sizes and models. Kama tires manufacturer is the number 1 supplier in the Russian market that is certified tires for car factories of foreign manufacturers Fiat, Volkswagen, Skoda. WHOLESALE ONLY. MINIMUM ORDER IS ONE 20FT CONTAINER. MIX IN TANK, AVAILABLE – MINIMUM QUANTITY OF EACH TYPE OF TIRE – 6 PCS. LIFT CAPACITY CUSTOMIZED FOR 40HC CONTAINER. POSSIBILITY OF DELIVERY OF SAMPLES ARE DISCUSSED INDIVIDUALLY. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ADVANCE PAYMENT OR LC Tech. Specifications Size: 175 / 70R13, Speed Index: T, Load Index: 82, Average Weight (kg): 6,842

DISTILLATOR DE-140

For the production of distilled water from the original by heating it to boiling with further condensation of water vapor and obtaining a distillate with a temperature of + 45 ° C. The quality of the water produced meets the requirements: – GOST 6709-72 "Distilled water" – Articles FS.2.2.0020.15 "Water purified "Electrical conductivity of distilled water: 3.5 μS / cm. Advantages: – Low specific power consumption for obtaining 1 liter of distilled water. – Low consumption of water for cooling to obtain 1 liter of distilled water. – Electrical conductivity of distilled water is less than GOST 6709-72 "Distilled water" Tech. specifications Productivity, l / h: 140 (-10%) Voltage, V: 380 ha Power consumption, kW: 84 Feed water consumption, l / h: 1000 (± 10%) Overall dimensions (LxWxH), mm: 810x630x1420 Weight, kg : 88 Warranty period: 14 months Service life: At least 8 years

Glue KLEYBERG 88-CA

tube in a blister

KLEYBERG Shoe Glue

tube in a blister

Glue KLEYBERG Furniture

tube in a blister

Glue KLEYBERG Master

tube in a blister

Glue KLEYBERG Cork

Contact adhesive is used for adhesive cork coatings, as well as for technical cork to fiberboard, chipboard, concrete

KLEYBERG P2K glue extra ng

It is used for gluing foam materials, foam rubber, leather, wood (used in the production of upholstered furniture)

KLEYBERG P2K extra glue

It is used for gluing foam materials, foam rubber, leather, wood (used in the production of upholstered furniture)

KLEYBERG P2K glue

It is used for gluing foam materials, foam rubber, leather, wood (used in the production of upholstered furniture)

KLEYBERG P2K glue

It is used for gluing foam materials, foam rubber, leather, wood (used in the production of upholstered furniture)

Glue KLEYBERG 88-NPM

It is used for fastening sound-insulating upholstery materials to painted and unpainted metal when assembling cars

KLEYBERG rubber glue C-01

It is used for gluing rubber products, textiles, paper, as well as in the shoe industry

Glue KLEYBERG 152 AND PX

It is used for bonding rubber, leather, fabric, wood

Glue KLEYBERG 900-I PU

It is used for gluing leather, rubber, polyurethane, PVC, hard plastics such as ABS, metal, chipboard, paper, cardboard, fabric

Glue KLEYBERG 900-I PU

It is used for gluing leather, rubber, polyurethane, PVC, hard plastics such as ABS, metal, chipboard, paper, cardboard, fabric

Rubber compound 1747 CT

Working temperature range: From -35 to +70, Hardness: 55-70, Working environment: air, water

Rubber compound IRP-1068

Working temperature range: From -30 to +100, Hardness: 65-95, Working environment: oils, fuel, lubricants

Rubber compound IRP-1293

Working temperature range: From -10 to +100, Hardness: 65-95, Working environment: oils, fuel, lubricants

Rubber compound 7-IRP-1078

Operating temperature range: From -30 to +100, Hardness: 70-80IRND, Working medium: oils, mineral lubricants

Rubber compound 7-57-5046

Operating temperature range: From -50 to +125, Hardness: 70-80IRND, Working medium: oils, mineral lubricants

Rubber compound 7-57-5037

Operating temperature range: From -40 to +125, Hardness: 55-65IRND, Working medium: oils, mineral lubricants

Rubber compound 7-57-5005

Working temperature range: From -40 to +145, Hardness: 50-60, Working environment: air, water, weak solutions of acids and alkalis

Rubber compound ShTMS-45A (RShM-2)

Working environment: for cable sheaths operating in medium to light conditions

Rubber compound ShN-50 (RSHN-1)

Working environment: oil-resistant rubber for cable sheaths operating in harsh conditions

Rubber compound ShMK-45U (RShM-2)

Working environment: for cable sheaths working in harsh conditions

Rubber compound ShBTM-40 A (RShT-2)

Working environment: for cable sheaths operating in medium to light conditions

Rubber compound TSSh-33A-1 (RTI-1)

Working environment: for insulation of current-carrying conductors

Rubber compound TSSh-33AN (RTI-1)

Working environment: for insulation of current-carrying conductors

Rubber compound ISHM-45HL (RTISH)

Working environment: for insulation of the protective sheath of cable products operating in medium and light conditions

Rubber compound ISHM-45HL (RTISH)

Working environment: for insulation of the protective sheath of cable products operating in medium and light conditions

Rubber compound 7-NO-68-1

Working temperature range: From -50 to +100, Hardness: 55-70, Working environment: oils, fuel, lubricants

Rubber compound 7-IRP-1352

Working temperature range: From -60 to +100, Hardness: 50-60, Working environment: air, water, weak solutions of acids and alkalis

Rubber compound 7-IRP-1348

Working temperature range: From -50 to +80, Hardness: 45-80, Working environment: air, water, weak solutions of acids and alkalis

Rubber compound 7-IRP-1347

Working temperature range: From -60 to + 80, Hardness: 45-60, Working environment: air, water, weak solutions of acids and alkalis

Rubber compound 7-IRP-1346

Working temperature range: From -60 to + 80, Hardness: 40-50, Working environment: air, water, weak solutions of acids and alkalis

Rubber compound 7-IRP-1315

Working temperature range: From -50 to + 80, Hardness: 60-70, Working environment: air, water, weak solutions of acids and alkalis

Rubber compound 7-B-14-1

Working temperature range: from -50 to + 100, Hardness: 75-85, Working environment: air, oils, lubricants, fuel

Rubber compound 7-B-14-1

Working temperature range: from -50 to + 100, Hardness: 75-85, Working environment: air, oils, lubricants, fuel

Rubber compound 7-57-9003

Operating temperature range From -50 to + 100, Hardness: 55-65IRND, Working medium: oils, mineral lubricants

Rubber compound 7-57-6045

Working temperature range: From -45 to + 110, Hardness: 48-60, Working medium: water, coolants

Rubber compound 7-57-2012

Working temperature range: From -45 to + 70, Hardness: 62-72, Working environment: air, weak solutions of acids and alkalis

Rubber compound 7-57-1008

Working temperature range: From -45 to + 70, Hardness: 45-55, Working environment: air, weak solutions of acids and alkalis

Rubber compound 7-57-1008

Working temperature range: From -45 to + 70, Hardness: 45-55, Working environment: air, weak solutions of acids and alkalis

Rubber compound 7-51-3060

Operating temperature range: From -45 to + 100, Hardness: 62-72, Working environment: air, weak solutions of acids and alkalis, brake fluid

Sibest 200KS

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 200 (300) m³ / h Number and power of bactericidal lamps – 4×30 W Power consumption – 400 VA Noise level no more than -45 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 450 * 140 * 1080 (450 * 450 * 1260) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -19.5 (23.0) kg

Bactericidal open-type irradiators (OBP 6 * 30-450)

PURPOSE The irradiator is intended for air disinfection of medical institutions, sports, children's, educational, industrial (food processing shops, vegetable stores, etc.), residential and other premises in the absence of people. provides a more uniform disinfection of surfaces in the room throughout the entire volume from floor to ceiling. FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES OF THE EQUIPMENT The metal frame has a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation and any disinfectants. "Sibest OBP-6×30-450" has a cord length of 1.5 m, can be used in several rooms in turn. The level of ozone does not exceed the maximum permissible concentration of atmospheric air. "Sibest OBP-6×30-450" has passed technical, bacteriological and clinical tests and is approved by the Ministry of Health of the Russian Federation. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 550 (825) m³ / h Number and power of bactericidal lamps – 6×30 W Power consumption – 450 VA Overall dimensions – 1065 * 585 * 405 mm Weight – 18.0 kg

Sibest 300KS

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% -300 (450) m³ / h Number and power of bactericidal lamps – 6×30 W Power consumption – 600 VA Noise level no more than -45 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 450 * 140 * 1080 (450 * 450 * 1260) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -22.0 (26.5) kg

Sibest 300C

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% -300 (450) m³ / h Number and power of bactericidal lamps – 6×30 W Power consumption – 600 VA Noise level no more than -45 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 450 * 140 * 1080 (450 * 450 * 1260) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -22.0 (26.0) kg

Sibest 20KS

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% -20 (30) m³ / h Number and power of germicidal lamps – 1×15 W Power consumption – 100 VA Noise level no more than -40 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 155 * 105 * 610 (300 * 300 * 850) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -5.0 (8.0) kg

Sibest 300C (stainless steel)

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 300 (450) m³ / h Number and power of germicidal lamps – 6×30 W Power consumption -600 VA Noise level no more than 45 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) 450 * 140 * 1080 (450 * 450 * 1260) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) 22.0 (26.5) kg

Sibest 200C (stainless steel)

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 200 (300) m³ / h Number and power of bactericidal lamps – 4×30 W Power consumption – 400 VA Noise level no more than -45 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 450 * 140 * 1080 (450 * 450 * 1260) mm Weight (including on a mobile platform) – 19.5 (23.0) kg

Sibest 150C (stainless steel)

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 150 (225) m³ / h Number and power of germicidal lamps – 3×30 W Power consumption – 300 VA Noise level no more than -45 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 290 * 140 * 1080 (400 * 400 * 1250) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -14.5 (18.0) kg

Cibest - 45C

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% -45 (65) m³ / h Number and power of germicidal lamps – 2×15 W Power consumption – 100 VA Noise level no more than – 40 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 160 * 140 * 620 (300 * 300 * 850) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -6.0 (9.0) kg

Sibest 70C

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 70 (100) m³ / h Number and power of germicidal lamps – 3×15 W Power consumption – 150 VA Noise level no more than – 41 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 190 * 140 * 630 (300 * 300 * 900) mm Weight (including on a mobile platform) – 8.0 (11.0) kg

Sibest 70KS

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% -70 (100) m³ / h Number and power of germicidal lamps – 3×15 W Power consumption – 150 VA Noise level no more than -41 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 190 * 140 * 630 (300 * 300 * 900) mm Weight (including on a mobile platform) -7.5 (11.5) kg

Sibest 50C

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 50 (75) m³ / h Number and power of bactericidal lamps – 1×30 W Power consumption – 100 VA Noise level no more than -40 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 160 * 140 * 1080 (300 * 300 * 1250) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -8.0 (11.0) kg

Sibest 50KS

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 50 (75) m³ / h Number and power of bactericidal lamps – 1×30 W Power consumption – 100 VA Noise level no more than -40 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 160 * 140 * 1080 (300 * 300 * 1250) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -8.0 (11.0) kg

Sibest 45KS

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% -45 (65) m³ / h Number and power of germicidal lamps – 2×15 W Power consumption – 100 VA Noise level no more than -40 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 160 * 140 * 620 (300 * 300 * 850) mm Weight (including on a mobile platform) – 5.5 (8.5) kg

Sibest 300C

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% -300 (450) m³ / h Number and power of bactericidal lamps – 6×30 W Power consumption – 600 VA Noise level no more than -45 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 450 * 140 * 1080 (450 * 450 * 1260) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -22.0 (26.0) kg

Sibest 300KS (stainless steel)

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% -300 (450) m³ / h Number and power of bactericidal lamps – 6×30 W Power consumption – 600 VA Noise level no more than -45 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 450 * 140 * 1080 (450 * 450 * 1260) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -22.0 (26.5) kg

Sibest 300KS

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% -300 (450) m³ / h Number and power of bactericidal lamps – 6×30 W Power consumption – 600 VA Noise level no more than -45 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 450 * 140 * 1080 (450 * 450 * 1260) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -22.0 (26.5) kg

Sibest 20C

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 20 (30) m³ / h Number and power of bactericidal lamps – 1×15 W Power consumption – 100 VA Noise level no more than -40 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 155 * 105 * 610 (300 * 300 * 850) mm Weight (including on a mobile platform) – 5.0 (8.0) kg

Sibest 20KS

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% -20 (30) m³ / h Number and power of germicidal lamps – 1×15 W Power consumption – 100 VA Noise level no more than -40 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 155 * 105 * 610 (300 * 300 * 850) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -5.0 (8.0) kg

Sibest 200C

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 200 (300) m³ / h Number and power of bactericidal lamps – 4×30 W Power consumption – 400 VA Noise level no more than -45 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 450 * 140 * 1080 (450 * 450 * 1260) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -20.0 (24.0) kg

Sibest 200KS (stainless steel)

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% -200 (300) m³ / h Number and power of germicidal lamps – 4×30 W Power consumption – 400 VA Noise level no more than -45 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 450 * 140 * 1080 (450 * 450 * 1260) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -19.5 (23.0) kg

Sibest 200KS

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 200 (300) m³ / h Number and power of bactericidal lamps – 4×30 W Power consumption – 400 VA Noise level no more than -45 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 450 * 140 * 1080 (450 * 450 * 1260) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -19.5 (23.0) kg

Sibest 150C

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% -150 (225) m³ / h Number and power of germicidal lamps – 3×30 W Power consumption – 300 VA Noise level no more than 45 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 290 * 140 * 1080 (400 * 400 * 1250) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -14.0 (17.0) kg

Sibest 150KS (stainless steel)

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 150 (225) m³ / h Number and power of germicidal lamps – 3×30 W Power consumption – 300 VA Noise level no more than 45 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 290 * 140 * 1080 (400 * 400 * 1250) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -14.5 (18.0) kg

Sibest 150KS

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 150 (225) m³ / h Number and power of germicidal lamps – 3×30 W Power consumption – 300 VA Noise level no more than -45 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 290 * 140 * 1080 (400 * 400 * 1250) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -14.5 (18.0) kg

Sibest 110C

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 110 (160) m³ / h Number and power of germicidal lamps – 5×15 W Power consumption – 230 VA Noise level no more than -43 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 300 * 140 * 650 (300 * 300 * 900) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -11.0 (14.0) kg

Sibest 110KS

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 110 (160) m³ / h Number and power of germicidal lamps – 5×15 W Power consumption – 230 VA Noise level no more than -43 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 300 * 140 * 650 (300 * 300 * 900) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -11.0 (15.0) kg

Sibest 100 hp

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% -100 (150) m³ / h Number and power of germicidal lamps – 2×30 W Power consumption – 200 VA Noise level no more than -41 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 190 * 140 * 1080 (300 * 300 * 1250) mm Weight (including on a mobile platform) – 9.0 (12.5) kg

Sibest - 100C

Recirculators "Sibest" have a shock-resistant metal case with a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation, disinfectants, and other factors of the external aggressive environment. Durability excludes the appearance of cracks in the casing and ultraviolet radiation outward. On the side of the casing there is a power switch and LED indicators that signal the presence of mains voltage and the burning of a bactericidal lamp. Sibest recirculators have all the necessary elements and characteristics. Firstly, the devices, by means of a housing and a special v-shaped lattice, completely block UV rays, not allowing them to go outside. Secondly, the equipment is equipped with high-quality and safe lamps from a European manufacturer. Thirdly, the devices are equipped with a time control system (“Resource” system). Fourthly, the design of the apparatus allows for prompt quick service and the installation of recirculators in various planes and on a special platform. Recirculators "Sibest" are distinguished by their practicality, reliability, simplicity of design and safety. Fits perfectly into the interior of a medical office. The devices meet the declared characteristics and are able to provide the required level of sterility. The durability of the devices is achieved due to the use of metal in the structure, which is resistant to ultraviolet radiation and other environmental factors. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 100 (150) m³ / h Number and power of bactericidal lamps – 2×30 W Power consumption – 200 VA Noise level no more than -41 dB Overall dimensions (including on a mobile platform) – 190 * 140 * 1080 (300 * 300 * 1250) mm Weight (including on the mobile platform) -10.0 (13.0) kg

Open-type bactericidal irradiators (OBS 2 * 30-150 M1)

PURPOSE The irradiator is intended for air disinfection of medical institutions, sports, children's, educational, industrial (food processing shops, vegetable stores, etc.), residential and other premises in the absence of people. Equipped with two ultraviolet bactericidal lamps of 30 W. UNIQUENESS The possibility of simultaneous rotation of two lamps by 180 degrees (effective disinfection of certain areas of the room) is provided. Short-term operation of the irradiator in the presence of people (trained personnel) is allowed, with the casing completely turned to the ceiling. M1, a polished aluminum screen is installed, one for both lamps Bactericidal lamps are connected to the power supply with one switch located outside the room (one-button switch) All irradiators have passed technical, bacteriological and clinical tests and are approved by the Ministry of Health of the Russian Federation Tech. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 100 (150) m³ / h Number and power of germicidal lamps – 2×30 W Power consumption – 185 VA Overall dimensions – 1010 * 150 * 130 mm Weight -7 kg

Open-type bactericidal irradiators (OBS 2 * 30-150 M1)

PURPOSE The irradiator is intended for air disinfection of medical institutions, sports, children's, educational, industrial (food processing shops, vegetable stores, etc.), residential and other premises in the absence of people. Equipped with two ultraviolet bactericidal lamps of 30 W. UNIQUENESS The possibility of simultaneous rotation of two lamps by 180 degrees (effective disinfection of certain areas of the room) is provided. Short-term operation of the irradiator in the presence of people (trained personnel) is allowed, with the casing completely turned to the ceiling. M1, a polished aluminum screen is installed, one for both lamps Bactericidal lamps are connected to the power supply with one switch located outside the room (one-button switch) All irradiators have passed technical, bacteriological and clinical tests and are approved by the Ministry of Health of the Russian Federation Tech. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 100 (150) m³ / h Number and power of germicidal lamps – 2×30 W Power consumption – 185 VA Overall dimensions – 1010 * 150 * 130 mm Weight -7 kg

Bactericidal open-type irradiators (OBS 2 * 30-150)

PURPOSE The irradiator is intended for air disinfection of medical institutions, sports, children's, educational, industrial (food processing shops, vegetable stores, etc.), residential and other premises in the absence of people. Equipped with two ultraviolet bactericidal lamps of 30 W. UNIQUENESS In addition to the open lamp, which quickly disinfects the air and is intended only for irradiation of a room free from people, there is a shielded lamp that irradiates the room in the presence of people (trained personnel) the upper layers of the air, the lower layers when the shielded lamp is operating are disinfected due to air convection. FEATURES The metal case has a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation and any disinfectants The ozone level does not exceed the maximum permissible concentration of atmospheric air. premises (switch for one or two keys); All irradiators have passed technical, bacteriological and clinical tests and are approved by the Ministry of Health of the Russian Federation Tech. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 100 (150) m³ / h Number and power of bactericidal lamps – 2×30 W Power consumption – 185 VA Dimensions – 955 * 123 * 118 mm Weight – 6 kg

Bactericidal open-type irradiators (OBP 6 * 30-450)

PURPOSE The irradiator is intended for air disinfection of medical institutions, sports, children's, educational, industrial (food processing shops, vegetable stores, etc.), residential and other premises in the absence of people. provides a more uniform disinfection of surfaces in the room throughout the entire volume from floor to ceiling. FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES OF THE EQUIPMENT The metal frame has a polymer coating, resistant to ultraviolet radiation and any disinfectants. "Sibest OBP-6×30-450" has a cord length of 1.5 m, can be used in several rooms in turn. The level of ozone does not exceed the maximum permissible concentration of atmospheric air. "Sibest OBP-6×30-450" has passed technical, bacteriological and clinical tests and is approved by the Ministry of Health of the Russian Federation. Those. specifications Performance of the irradiator with bactericidal efficiency 99.9 (99.0)% – 550 (825) m³ / h Number and power of bactericidal lamps – 6×30 W Power consumption – 450 VA Overall dimensions – 1065 * 585 * 405 mm Weight – 18.0 kg

TEP (thermoplastic elastomer) for cable sheath

Release form: Granules Color: Natural Processing method: Extrusion Tech. specifications MFR (190/5), g / 10 min: 1-5 Shore A hardness, (at 5s.): 70 ± 2 Density, g / cm³: 1.18 ± 0.02 Conditional tensile strength, MPa: ≤ 7.0 Elongation at break,%: ≤ 550

TPE (thermoplastic elastomer) for the production of seals

Release form: Granules Color: Natural Processing method: Extrusion Tech. specifications MFR (190/5), g / 10 min: 1-7 Shore A hardness, (at 5s.): 38 (D scale) ± 2 Density, g / cm³: 1.08 ± 0.2 Conditional tensile strength , MPa: ≤ 10 Elongation at break,%: ≤ 550

TEP (thermoplastic elastomer) for cable sheath

Release form: Granules Color: Black Processing method: Extrusion Tech. specifications MFR (190/5), g / 10 min: 1-5 Shore A hardness, (at 5s.): 60 ± 2 Density, g / cm³: 1.18 ± 0.02 Conditional tensile strength, MPa: ≤ 5.0 Elongation at break,%: ≤ 550

AeroOne Outdoor Mosquito Killing System

The Aerofrog works in a totally different way from all other mosquito repellents, mimicking human life through a variety of techniques, attracting female mosquitoes that need blood to reproduce, sucking them in and killing them. Thus, within 20 days, the number of mosquitoes is already reduced by 95% – they simply cannot breed. To catch mosquitoes, you first need to attract them. To do this, we use all possible methods of luring: the body temperature imitates the body temperature of a sick person, which is the most tasty prey for insects – 39 ° C, the trap emits carbon dioxide – a product of human breath that is completely safe for the environment – and a specially developed attractant that attracts mosquitoes. Even the blue backlight is not just a design element, but a design feature sharpened to catch insects – we use diodes with an insecticidal wavelength. The Aero mosquito control system is the latest development created with the support of the TsAGI Aviation Research Center and using their developments in the field of aerodynamics and robotics. By the way, the retracting properties of a mosquito trap is the most important indicator of its effectiveness. And a whole group of scientists worked to improve these properties of Aerofroga.

Refrigerating chamber "ProfHolod"

Product description Medium-temperature refrigerating chambers • Temperature range: from + 14 ° C to -5 ° C • Panel thickness: 60 and 80 mm • Sandwich panels filling: PUR Classic polyurethane foam or PIR Premier fire-resistant polyisocyanurate • Dimensions: standard or on order mode: from -5 ° C to -35 ° C • Thickness of panels: 100, 120, 140, 150 mm • Filling: polyurethane foam PUR Classic or fire-resistant polyisocyanurate PIR Premier • Sizes: standard or on request 25 ° C to -35 ° C • Panel thickness: from 150 mm • Sandwich panel filling: PUR Classic polyurethane foam or PIR Premier fire-resistant polyisocyanurate • Sizes: standard or on request Flower chambers • Temperature range: from 0 ° C • Panel thickness: 60 and 80 mm • Sandwich panel filling: PUR Classic polyurethane foam or PIR Premier flame retardant polyisocyanurate • Sizes: standard or on request Autonomous refrigerating chambers with Solaron solar panels • Temperature regime and panel thickness: depending on operating conditions and chamber volume • Dimensions: on request

Refrigeration doors "ProfHolod"

– Swing single-leaf refrigeration doors Swing refrigeration doors ProfHolod – single-leaf refrigeration doors of the European level. RDO are intended for use in medium and low-temperature chambers, production and storage facilities requiring controlled temperature conditions. The assortment includes overhead and secret doors of various sizes, completely ready for installation. Refrigeration doors ProfHolod are equipped with European-made fittings (Italy, Spain, Germany – at the customer's choice). – Swing double-leaf refrigeration doors Swing double-leaf doors (RDD) – heat-insulating doors for refrigerating and freezing chambers. They are made of sandwich panels with polyurethane foam filler. Double-leaf doors provide a wider door opening and are ideal for use in chambers served by forklift trucks and trolleys. Refrigerated double-leaf doors ProfHolod are available in various sizes, it is possible to manufacture according to individual customer sizes. The doors are equipped with European-made fittings (Italy, Spain, Germany – at the customer's choice). – Swing doors of the Optima series Swing refrigeration doors ProfHolod are single-leaf refrigeration doors of the European level. RDO "Optima" are intended for use in medium and low-temperature chambers, production and storage facilities that require controlled temperature conditions. The assortment includes overhead and secret doors of various sizes, completely ready for installation. Refrigerating doors ProfHolod are equipped with European-made fittings. – Sliding refrigerating doors Fermatic Sliding doors Fematic (OD F) ProfHolod are used in refrigerating and freezing chambers of any temperature regime. The doors are equipped with a French sliding system (Fermod) Fermatic. – Sliding refrigeration doors Sliding doors (OD) ProfHolod are used in refrigerators and freezers of any temperature conditions and dimensions. The doors are equipped with reliable European-made hardware. The anodized aluminum rails are fixed to the wall. Low-temperature refrigeration doors are equipped with an opening lever. Ergonomic doors of European quality can significantly save space. – Sliding doors of the Optima series Light sliding refrigerated doors of the Optima series combine convenience and efficiency. The appearance of the door speaks of thoughtful design and functionality. Nothing more: the most popular color RAL 9003, reliable handle of the Italian manufacturer Coldtech without moving elements, frame made of 1.5 mm steel, French seal, metal clamping profile. Pendulum doors , warehouses, offices, food production, trade and catering establishments, etc.

Silicone profile

Hardness: 40 to 70 Shore A, various geometries. Operating temperature range: -50 ° C to + 250 ° C. Resistance to aggressive media. Various colors.

Silicone tube

Hardness: 40 to 70 Shore AB Outside diameter: 3 to 40 mm Wall thickness: 1 mm Operating temperature range: -50C to + 250C Resistance to aggressive media Various colors

Silicone cord

Monolithic or silicone. Diameter: from 2 to 30 mm. Operating temperature range: from -50 ° C to + 250 ° C. Resistance to aggressive media. Various colors.

Silicone cable

Monolithic or porous.Diameter: from 2 to 30 mm.Working temperature: from -50°С to +250°С.Resistance to aggressive environments.A variety of colors.

Silicone gasket

Hardness: from 30 to 70 Shore A units Dimensions: up to 500 mm Operating temperature range: from -50C to + 250C Resistance to aggressive media Various colors

liquid chelated fertilizer "ORGANOMIX"

Water-soluble microelement chelate – Fe, Mn, Zn, Cu, Co, Mo, B, Mg, S. macronutrient chelate Kalium (CO), Phosphorus (P2O5), Total Nitrogen (N), including. NH2, with organic acids (hydroxyethylenediphosphonic, citric, succínico). Including, Dihydroquercetin (Taxifolina) is a high active natural antioxidant and bioestimuladores. Accelerate the penetration and introduction of micro-, macro-elements through the epidermis into the plant. For intensive farming. For all types of plants. For foliage spraying. For bio, applied before sowing to protect seeds and seedlings from disease.

Flexible amber tiles

Amber is one of the most popular stones mined today. Currently, amber is widely used in the form of slabs, tiles, panels, baseboards, pilasters and other decors and accessories in the design of residential and commercial interiors. The advantage of our material is its flexibility, which allows it to be mounted on columns, arches, balls and other curved surfaces without involving a master. Even a child can stick the flexible amber tiles on the wall. Those. specifications Flexible amber tiles are composed of 90% natural Baltic amber, polymer binders and a fiberglass reinforcement layer. The color of amber can vary from yellow to red, but the classic color in the bulk is honey. Flexible amber tiles are produced in the form of square and rectangular tiles. The high light transmission of amber makes it possible to effectively use flexible amber tiles in solving design problems. Low weight allows you to glue tiles to any surface.

Corn starch GLETEL ADM

LLC «ND – tehnik» Branch in Svetlograd City, Stavropolsky KraySVETLOGRAD STARCH PLANT356530, the Russian Federation, Stavropolsky Kray, Svetlograd City, Privokzalnaya Street 18Tel / fax (86547) 4-45-67, 4-11-69 e-mail: www.nd-tehnik.ruSPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTGLETEL ADM (E1422)DefinitionModified Waxy corn starchCountry of OriginRussiaProduct CharacteristicsContent: GLETEL ADM – 100% starchOrganoleptic properties:Property Characteristics of propertyAppearanceFine-disperse homogeneous powderColorWhite or white with a yellowish tingeSmell and tasteNeutral, with a light acetic vinegar tintPhysical and chemical properties:Name of the propertyValue of the propertyMass proportion of moisture,% not more than13,0Mass proportion of ash,% not more than0,30Viscosity on viscosimeter Brookfield,100 rev/min mPasxc, 5 % suspension, Spindle № 62, not less than t + 92 ° C – 1100, after cooling it forms a thick gelpH in solution5,5-7,0Protein content,%, maximum 0,4Microbiological properties:QMAFAnM (The number of mesophilic aerobic and facultative anaerobic microorganisms), CFU / g, not more than 1 х 10 4Mass of product (g) which are not allowedin BKGP (coliforms)0.01 Pathogenic,including Salmonella25Molds and yeast, CFU/ g 250Toxic elements (mg / kg) and radio-nuclides (Bq / kg)Lead, mg / kg, not more than0,5Cadmium, mg / kg, not more than 0,1Arsenic, mg / kg, not more than0,5Mercury, mg / kg, not more than 0,02Pesticides, not more than Hexachlorocyclohexan and its isomers 0,5DDT (Dichloro-diphenyl-trichloroethane) and its metabolites 0,05Radio-nuclides, not more than Cesium-137400Strontium-90 100Packaging:Paper bags of 25 kgShelf life and storage conditions:Store in dry warehouses at temperature not exceeding 20 ° C and with relative humidity not more than 75%. Shelf life is 24 months from the date of production.Nutritional and energy value in 100 g of starch:Energy value 1390/332 kJ / kcalTechnological features:It is used as a thickener and stabilizer. High viscosity, short texture of the finished product, high transparency. Increases the shelf life of the finished product. Resistant to boiling, high temperatures, low pH, intensive mechanical loadings, cycles of freezing-thawing.Recommendations for application:The required amount of starch is determined experimentally and depends on the composition of the product and the required texture. To prevent the formation of lumps, starch is recommended to be mixed with other dry ingredients in the recipe before adding to water. Resistant to mixing and pumpingApplication in the food industry:- in the dairy industry;- in the confectionery industry;- in the production of jams, fruit fillers;- in the production of ketchups, sauces and mayonnaise (“hot” way of cooking);- in the canning industry. Application in the food industry:- in the dairy industry;- in the confectionery industry;- in the production of jams, fruit fillers;- in the production of ketchups, sauces and mayonnaise (“hot” way of cooking);- in the canning industry.

Brewed corn starch GLETEL ADM

Organoleptic indicators: Indicator Characteristic of the indicator Appearance Finely dispersed homogeneous powder Color White or white with a yellowish tinge Odor and taste Neutral, with a slight vinegar tinge 100 rpm, mPa × s, 5% suspension, nozzle No. 64, not less than t +85 oС – 1500, after cooling forms a thick gel pH in solution 5.0-7.0 Protein content,%, maximum 0.4 Microbiological parameters QMAFAnM, CFU / g, no more than 1 х 10 5 Mass of the product (g), in which BCGP (coliforms) are not allowed 0.01 Pathogenic, incl. Salmonella 25 Mold and yeast, CFU / g 500 Toxic elements (mg / kg) and radionuclides (Bq / kg) Lead, mg / kg, no more than 0.5 Cadmium, mg / kg, no more than 0.1 Arsenic, mg / kg, no more than 0.5 Mercury, mg / kg, no more than 0.02 Pesticides, no more Hexachlorocyclohexane its isomers 0.5 DDT and its metabolites 0.05 Radionuclides, no more Cesium-137400 Strontium-90 100 Application in the food industry: – in the dairy industry; – in the confectionery industry and bakery products; – in the production of jams, fruit fillers; – in the production of ketchup, sauces and mayonnaise; – in the canning industry.

Brewed corn starch GLETEL ADM

Organoleptic indicators: Indicator Characteristic of the indicator Appearance Finely dispersed homogeneous powder Color White or white with a yellowish tinge Odor and taste Neutral, with a slight vinegar tinge 100 rpm, mPa × s, 5% suspension, nozzle No. 64, not less than t +85 oС – 1500, after cooling forms a thick gel pH in solution 5.0-7.0 Protein content,%, maximum 0.4 Microbiological parameters QMAFAnM, CFU / g, no more than 1 х 10 5 Mass of the product (g), in which BCGP (coliforms) are not allowed 0.01 Pathogenic, incl. Salmonella 25 Mold and yeast, CFU / g 500 Toxic elements (mg / kg) and radionuclides (Bq / kg) Lead, mg / kg, no more than 0.5 Cadmium, mg / kg, no more than 0.1 Arsenic, mg / kg, no more than 0.5 Mercury, mg / kg, no more than 0.02 Pesticides, no more Hexachlorocyclohexane its isomers 0.5 DDT and its metabolites 0.05 Radionuclides, no more Cesium-137400 Strontium-90 100 Application in the food industry: – in the dairy industry; – in the confectionery industry and bakery products; – in the production of jams, fruit fillers; – in the production of ketchup, sauces and mayonnaise; – in the canning industry.

Brewed corn starch GLETEL ADM

Organoleptic indicators: Indicator Characteristic of the indicator Appearance Finely dispersed homogeneous powder Color White or white with a yellowish tinge Odor and taste Neutral, with a slight vinegar tinge 100 rpm, mPa × s, 5% suspension, nozzle No. 64, not less than t +85 oС – 1500, after cooling forms a thick gel pH in solution 5.0-7.0 Protein content,%, maximum 0.4 Microbiological parameters QMAFAnM, CFU / g, no more than 1 х 10 5 Mass of the product (g), in which BCGP (coliforms) are not allowed 0.01 Pathogenic, incl. Salmonella 25 Mold and yeast, CFU / g 500 Toxic elements (mg / kg) and radionuclides (Bq / kg) Lead, mg / kg, no more than 0.5 Cadmium, mg / kg, no more than 0.1 Arsenic, mg / kg, no more than 0.5 Mercury, mg / kg, no more than 0.02 Pesticides, no more Hexachlorocyclohexane its isomers 0.5 DDT and its metabolites 0.05 Radionuclides, no more Cesium-137400 Strontium-90 100 Application in the food industry: – in the dairy industry; – in the confectionery industry and bakery products; – in the production of jams, fruit fillers; – in the production of ketchup, sauces and mayonnaise; – in the canning industry.

Corn starch

Svetlogradskiy starch plant has been offering its products to customers for more than 10 years. The use of the latest technologies, the equipment of production with modern technology and the professionalism of our employees allow the plant to achieve excellent product quality. Our native corn starch is a premium product that complies with GOST 32159-2013.

Brewed corn starch GLETEL ADM

Organoleptic indicators: Indicator Characteristic of the indicator Appearance Finely dispersed homogeneous powder Color White or white with a yellowish tinge Odor and taste Neutral, with a slight vinegar tinge 100 rpm, mPa × s, 5% suspension, nozzle No. 64, not less than t +85 oС – 1500, after cooling forms a thick gel pH in solution 5.0-7.0 Protein content,%, maximum 0.4 Microbiological parameters QMAFAnM, CFU / g, no more than 1 х 10 5 Mass of the product (g), in which BCGP (coliforms) are not allowed 0.01 Pathogenic, incl. Salmonella 25 Mold and yeast, CFU / g 500 Toxic elements (mg / kg) and radionuclides (Bq / kg) Lead, mg / kg, no more than 0.5 Cadmium, mg / kg, no more than 0.1 Arsenic, mg / kg, no more than 0.5 Mercury, mg / kg, no more than 0.02 Pesticides, no more Hexachlorocyclohexane its isomers 0.5 DDT and its metabolites 0.05 Radionuclides, no more Cesium-137400 Strontium-90 100 Application in the food industry: – in the dairy industry; – in the confectionery industry and bakery products; – in the production of jams, fruit fillers; – in the production of ketchup, sauces and mayonnaise; – in the canning industry.

Corn starch

Svetlogradskiy starch plant has been offering its products to customers for more than 10 years. The use of the latest technologies, the equipment of production with modern technology and the professionalism of our employees allow the plant to achieve excellent product quality. Our native corn starch is a premium product that complies with GOST 32159-2013.

Brewed corn starch GLETEL ADM

Organoleptic indicators: Indicator Characteristic of the indicator Appearance Finely dispersed homogeneous powder Color White or white with a yellowish tinge Odor and taste Neutral, with a slight vinegar tinge 100 rpm, mPa × s, 5% suspension, nozzle No. 64, not less than t +85 oС – 1500, after cooling forms a thick gel pH in solution 5.0-7.0 Protein content,%, maximum 0.4 Microbiological parameters QMAFAnM, CFU / g, no more than 1 х 10 5 Mass of the product (g), in which BCGP (coliforms) are not allowed 0.01 Pathogenic, incl. Salmonella 25 Mold and yeast, CFU / g 500 Toxic elements (mg / kg) and radionuclides (Bq / kg) Lead, mg / kg, no more than 0.5 Cadmium, mg / kg, no more than 0.1 Arsenic, mg / kg, no more than 0.5 Mercury, mg / kg, no more than 0.02 Pesticides, no more Hexachlorocyclohexane its isomers 0.5 DDT and its metabolites 0.05 Radionuclides, no more Cesium-137400 Strontium-90 100 Application in the food industry: – in the dairy industry; – in the confectionery industry and bakery products; – in the production of jams, fruit fillers; – in the production of ketchup, sauces and mayonnaise; – in the canning industry.

Corn starch GLETEL ADM

LLC «ND – tehnik» Branch in Svetlograd City, Stavropolsky KraySVETLOGRAD STARCH PLANT356530, the Russian Federation, Stavropolsky Kray, Svetlograd City, Privokzalnaya Street 18Tel / fax (86547) 4-45-67, 4-11-69 e-mail: www.nd-tehnik.ruSPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTGLETEL ADM (E1422)DefinitionModified Waxy corn starchCountry of OriginRussiaProduct CharacteristicsContent: GLETEL ADM – 100% starchOrganoleptic properties:Property Characteristics of propertyAppearanceFine-disperse homogeneous powderColorWhite or white with a yellowish tingeSmell and tasteNeutral, with a light acetic vinegar tintPhysical and chemical properties:Name of the propertyValue of the propertyMass proportion of moisture,% not more than13,0Mass proportion of ash,% not more than0,30Viscosity on viscosimeter Brookfield,100 rev/min mPasxc, 5 % suspension, Spindle № 62, not less than t + 92 ° C – 1100, after cooling it forms a thick gelpH in solution5,5-7,0Protein content,%, maximum 0,4Microbiological properties:QMAFAnM (The number of mesophilic aerobic and facultative anaerobic microorganisms), CFU / g, not more than 1 х 10 4Mass of product (g) which are not allowedin BKGP (coliforms)0.01 Pathogenic,including Salmonella25Molds and yeast, CFU/ g 250Toxic elements (mg / kg) and radio-nuclides (Bq / kg)Lead, mg / kg, not more than0,5Cadmium, mg / kg, not more than 0,1Arsenic, mg / kg, not more than0,5Mercury, mg / kg, not more than 0,02Pesticides, not more than Hexachlorocyclohexan and its isomers 0,5DDT (Dichloro-diphenyl-trichloroethane) and its metabolites 0,05Radio-nuclides, not more than Cesium-137400Strontium-90 100Packaging:Paper bags of 25 kgShelf life and storage conditions:Store in dry warehouses at temperature not exceeding 20 ° C and with relative humidity not more than 75%. Shelf life is 24 months from the date of production.Nutritional and energy value in 100 g of starch:Energy value 1390/332 kJ / kcalTechnological features:It is used as a thickener and stabilizer. High viscosity, short texture of the finished product, high transparency. Increases the shelf life of the finished product. Resistant to boiling, high temperatures, low pH, intensive mechanical loadings, cycles of freezing-thawing.Recommendations for application:The required amount of starch is determined experimentally and depends on the composition of the product and the required texture. To prevent the formation of lumps, starch is recommended to be mixed with other dry ingredients in the recipe before adding to water. Resistant to mixing and pumpingApplication in the food industry:- in the dairy industry;- in the confectionery industry;- in the production of jams, fruit fillers;- in the production of ketchups, sauces and mayonnaise (“hot” way of cooking);- in the canning industry. Application in the food industry:- in the dairy industry;- in the confectionery industry;- in the production of jams, fruit fillers;- in the production of ketchups, sauces and mayonnaise (“hot” way of cooking);- in the canning industry.

Brewed corn starch GLETEL ADM

Organoleptic indicators: Indicator Characteristic of the indicator Appearance Finely dispersed homogeneous powder Color White or white with a yellowish tinge Odor and taste Neutral, with a slight vinegar tinge 100 rpm, mPa × s, 5% suspension, nozzle No. 64, not less than t +85 oС – 1500, after cooling forms a thick gel pH in solution 5.0-7.0 Protein content,%, maximum 0.4 Microbiological parameters QMAFAnM, CFU / g, no more than 1 х 10 5 Mass of the product (g), in which BCGP (coliforms) are not allowed 0.01 Pathogenic, incl. Salmonella 25 Mold and yeast, CFU / g 500 Toxic elements (mg / kg) and radionuclides (Bq / kg) Lead, mg / kg, no more than 0.5 Cadmium, mg / kg, no more than 0.1 Arsenic, mg / kg, no more than 0.5 Mercury, mg / kg, no more than 0.02 Pesticides, no more Hexachlorocyclohexane its isomers 0.5 DDT and its metabolites 0.05 Radionuclides, no more Cesium-137400 Strontium-90 100 Application in the food industry: – in the dairy industry; – in the confectionery industry and bakery products; – in the production of jams, fruit fillers; – in the production of ketchup, sauces and mayonnaise; – in the canning industry.

Corn starch GLETEL ADM

LLC «ND – tehnik» Branch in Svetlograd City, Stavropolsky KraySVETLOGRAD STARCH PLANT356530, the Russian Federation, Stavropolsky Kray, Svetlograd City, Privokzalnaya Street 18Tel / fax (86547) 4-45-67, 4-11-69 e-mail: www.nd-tehnik.ruSPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTGLETEL ADM (E1422)DefinitionModified Waxy corn starchCountry of OriginRussiaProduct CharacteristicsContent: GLETEL ADM – 100% starchOrganoleptic properties:Property Characteristics of propertyAppearanceFine-disperse homogeneous powderColorWhite or white with a yellowish tingeSmell and tasteNeutral, with a light acetic vinegar tintPhysical and chemical properties:Name of the propertyValue of the propertyMass proportion of moisture,% not more than13,0Mass proportion of ash,% not more than0,30Viscosity on viscosimeter Brookfield,100 rev/min mPasxc, 5 % suspension, Spindle № 62, not less than t + 92 ° C – 1100, after cooling it forms a thick gelpH in solution5,5-7,0Protein content,%, maximum 0,4Microbiological properties:QMAFAnM (The number of mesophilic aerobic and facultative anaerobic microorganisms), CFU / g, not more than 1 х 10 4Mass of product (g) which are not allowedin BKGP (coliforms)0.01 Pathogenic,including Salmonella25Molds and yeast, CFU/ g 250Toxic elements (mg / kg) and radio-nuclides (Bq / kg)Lead, mg / kg, not more than0,5Cadmium, mg / kg, not more than 0,1Arsenic, mg / kg, not more than0,5Mercury, mg / kg, not more than 0,02Pesticides, not more than Hexachlorocyclohexan and its isomers 0,5DDT (Dichloro-diphenyl-trichloroethane) and its metabolites 0,05Radio-nuclides, not more than Cesium-137400Strontium-90 100Packaging:Paper bags of 25 kgShelf life and storage conditions:Store in dry warehouses at temperature not exceeding 20 ° C and with relative humidity not more than 75%. Shelf life is 24 months from the date of production.Nutritional and energy value in 100 g of starch:Energy value 1390/332 kJ / kcalTechnological features:It is used as a thickener and stabilizer. High viscosity, short texture of the finished product, high transparency. Increases the shelf life of the finished product. Resistant to boiling, high temperatures, low pH, intensive mechanical loadings, cycles of freezing-thawing.Recommendations for application:The required amount of starch is determined experimentally and depends on the composition of the product and the required texture. To prevent the formation of lumps, starch is recommended to be mixed with other dry ingredients in the recipe before adding to water. Resistant to mixing and pumpingApplication in the food industry:- in the dairy industry;- in the confectionery industry;- in the production of jams, fruit fillers;- in the production of ketchups, sauces and mayonnaise (“hot” way of cooking);- in the canning industry. Application in the food industry:- in the dairy industry;- in the confectionery industry;- in the production of jams, fruit fillers;- in the production of ketchups, sauces and mayonnaise (“hot” way of cooking);- in the canning industry.

boiled corn starch FSM

Packaging: Paper bags of 20 and 25 kg, polypropylene bags of 30 kg. Storage period and conditions: Store in dry warehouses at a temperature not exceeding 200C and a relative humidity of not more than 75%. Shelf life 24 months from the date of production. Nutritional and energy value in 100 g of starch: Energy value 1390/332 kJ / kcal Technological features: High viscosity, short texture of the finished product, transparency, neutral taste. Resistant to temperature and mechanical stress. Acts as a stabilizer and thickener. Application in the food industry: – in baby food; – in the dairy industry; – in meat and sausage products; – in the canning industry; – in the oil and fat industry; – in the confectionery industry and bakery products; For technical purposes: – in the production of latex products ; – in the cosmetic industry.

Brewed corn starch GLETEL ADM

Organoleptic indicators: Indicator Characteristic of the indicator Appearance Finely dispersed homogeneous powder Color White or white with a yellowish tinge Odor and taste Neutral, with a slight vinegar tinge 100 rpm, mPa × s, 5% suspension, nozzle No. 64, not less than t +85 oС – 1500, after cooling forms a thick gel pH in solution 5.0-7.0 Protein content,%, maximum 0.4 Microbiological parameters QMAFAnM, CFU / g, no more than 1 х 10 5 Mass of the product (g), in which BCGP (coliforms) are not allowed 0.01 Pathogenic, incl. Salmonella 25 Mold and yeast, CFU / g 500 Toxic elements (mg / kg) and radionuclides (Bq / kg) Lead, mg / kg, no more than 0.5 Cadmium, mg / kg, no more than 0.1 Arsenic, mg / kg, no more than 0.5 Mercury, mg / kg, no more than 0.02 Pesticides, no more Hexachlorocyclohexane its isomers 0.5 DDT and its metabolites 0.05 Radionuclides, no more Cesium-137400 Strontium-90 100 Application in the food industry: – in the dairy industry; – in the confectionery industry and bakery products; – in the production of jams, fruit fillers; – in the production of ketchup, sauces and mayonnaise; – in the canning industry.

Corn starch GLETEL ADM

LLC «ND – tehnik» Branch in Svetlograd City, Stavropolsky KraySVETLOGRAD STARCH PLANT356530, the Russian Federation, Stavropolsky Kray, Svetlograd City, Privokzalnaya Street 18Tel / fax (86547) 4-45-67, 4-11-69 e-mail: www.nd-tehnik.ruSPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTGLETEL ADM (E1422)DefinitionModified Waxy corn starchCountry of OriginRussiaProduct CharacteristicsContent: GLETEL ADM – 100% starchOrganoleptic properties:Property Characteristics of propertyAppearanceFine-disperse homogeneous powderColorWhite or white with a yellowish tingeSmell and tasteNeutral, with a light acetic vinegar tintPhysical and chemical properties:Name of the propertyValue of the propertyMass proportion of moisture,% not more than13,0Mass proportion of ash,% not more than0,30Viscosity on viscosimeter Brookfield,100 rev/min mPasxc, 5 % suspension, Spindle № 62, not less than t + 92 ° C – 1100, after cooling it forms a thick gelpH in solution5,5-7,0Protein content,%, maximum 0,4Microbiological properties:QMAFAnM (The number of mesophilic aerobic and facultative anaerobic microorganisms), CFU / g, not more than 1 х 10 4Mass of product (g) which are not allowedin BKGP (coliforms)0.01 Pathogenic,including Salmonella25Molds and yeast, CFU/ g 250Toxic elements (mg / kg) and radio-nuclides (Bq / kg)Lead, mg / kg, not more than0,5Cadmium, mg / kg, not more than 0,1Arsenic, mg / kg, not more than0,5Mercury, mg / kg, not more than 0,02Pesticides, not more than Hexachlorocyclohexan and its isomers 0,5DDT (Dichloro-diphenyl-trichloroethane) and its metabolites 0,05Radio-nuclides, not more than Cesium-137400Strontium-90 100Packaging:Paper bags of 25 kgShelf life and storage conditions:Store in dry warehouses at temperature not exceeding 20 ° C and with relative humidity not more than 75%. Shelf life is 24 months from the date of production.Nutritional and energy value in 100 g of starch:Energy value 1390/332 kJ / kcalTechnological features:It is used as a thickener and stabilizer. High viscosity, short texture of the finished product, high transparency. Increases the shelf life of the finished product. Resistant to boiling, high temperatures, low pH, intensive mechanical loadings, cycles of freezing-thawing.Recommendations for application:The required amount of starch is determined experimentally and depends on the composition of the product and the required texture. To prevent the formation of lumps, starch is recommended to be mixed with other dry ingredients in the recipe before adding to water. Resistant to mixing and pumpingApplication in the food industry:- in the dairy industry;- in the confectionery industry;- in the production of jams, fruit fillers;- in the production of ketchups, sauces and mayonnaise (“hot” way of cooking);- in the canning industry. Application in the food industry:- in the dairy industry;- in the confectionery industry;- in the production of jams, fruit fillers;- in the production of ketchups, sauces and mayonnaise (“hot” way of cooking);- in the canning industry.

Corn starch GLETEL ADM

LLC «ND – tehnik» Branch in Svetlograd City, Stavropolsky KraySVETLOGRAD STARCH PLANT356530, the Russian Federation, Stavropolsky Kray, Svetlograd City, Privokzalnaya Street 18Tel / fax (86547) 4-45-67, 4-11-69 e-mail: www.nd-tehnik.ruSPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTGLETEL ADM (E1422)DefinitionModified Waxy corn starchCountry of OriginRussiaProduct CharacteristicsContent: GLETEL ADM – 100% starchOrganoleptic properties:Property Characteristics of propertyAppearanceFine-disperse homogeneous powderColorWhite or white with a yellowish tingeSmell and tasteNeutral, with a light acetic vinegar tintPhysical and chemical properties:Name of the propertyValue of the propertyMass proportion of moisture,% not more than13,0Mass proportion of ash,% not more than0,30Viscosity on viscosimeter Brookfield,100 rev/min mPasxc, 5 % suspension, Spindle № 62, not less than t + 92 ° C – 1100, after cooling it forms a thick gelpH in solution5,5-7,0Protein content,%, maximum 0,4Microbiological properties:QMAFAnM (The number of mesophilic aerobic and facultative anaerobic microorganisms), CFU / g, not more than 1 х 10 4Mass of product (g) which are not allowedin BKGP (coliforms)0.01 Pathogenic,including Salmonella25Molds and yeast, CFU/ g 250Toxic elements (mg / kg) and radio-nuclides (Bq / kg)Lead, mg / kg, not more than0,5Cadmium, mg / kg, not more than 0,1Arsenic, mg / kg, not more than0,5Mercury, mg / kg, not more than 0,02Pesticides, not more than Hexachlorocyclohexan and its isomers 0,5DDT (Dichloro-diphenyl-trichloroethane) and its metabolites 0,05Radio-nuclides, not more than Cesium-137400Strontium-90 100Packaging:Paper bags of 25 kgShelf life and storage conditions:Store in dry warehouses at temperature not exceeding 20 ° C and with relative humidity not more than 75%. Shelf life is 24 months from the date of production.Nutritional and energy value in 100 g of starch:Energy value 1390/332 kJ / kcalTechnological features:It is used as a thickener and stabilizer. High viscosity, short texture of the finished product, high transparency. Increases the shelf life of the finished product. Resistant to boiling, high temperatures, low pH, intensive mechanical loadings, cycles of freezing-thawing.Recommendations for application:The required amount of starch is determined experimentally and depends on the composition of the product and the required texture. To prevent the formation of lumps, starch is recommended to be mixed with other dry ingredients in the recipe before adding to water. Resistant to mixing and pumpingApplication in the food industry:- in the dairy industry;- in the confectionery industry;- in the production of jams, fruit fillers;- in the production of ketchups, sauces and mayonnaise (“hot” way of cooking);- in the canning industry. Application in the food industry:- in the dairy industry;- in the confectionery industry;- in the production of jams, fruit fillers;- in the production of ketchups, sauces and mayonnaise (“hot” way of cooking);- in the canning industry.

Corn starch GLETEL ADM

LLC «ND – tehnik» Branch in Svetlograd City, Stavropolsky KraySVETLOGRAD STARCH PLANT356530, the Russian Federation, Stavropolsky Kray, Svetlograd City, Privokzalnaya Street 18Tel / fax (86547) 4-45-67, 4-11-69 e-mail: www.nd-tehnik.ruSPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTGLETEL ADM (E1422)DefinitionModified Waxy corn starchCountry of OriginRussiaProduct CharacteristicsContent: GLETEL ADM – 100% starchOrganoleptic properties:Property Characteristics of propertyAppearanceFine-disperse homogeneous powderColorWhite or white with a yellowish tingeSmell and tasteNeutral, with a light acetic vinegar tintPhysical and chemical properties:Name of the propertyValue of the propertyMass proportion of moisture,% not more than13,0Mass proportion of ash,% not more than0,30Viscosity on viscosimeter Brookfield,100 rev/min mPasxc, 5 % suspension, Spindle № 62, not less than t + 92 ° C – 1100, after cooling it forms a thick gelpH in solution5,5-7,0Protein content,%, maximum 0,4Microbiological properties:QMAFAnM (The number of mesophilic aerobic and facultative anaerobic microorganisms), CFU / g, not more than 1 х 10 4Mass of product (g) which are not allowedin BKGP (coliforms)0.01 Pathogenic,including Salmonella25Molds and yeast, CFU/ g 250Toxic elements (mg / kg) and radio-nuclides (Bq / kg)Lead, mg / kg, not more than0,5Cadmium, mg / kg, not more than 0,1Arsenic, mg / kg, not more than0,5Mercury, mg / kg, not more than 0,02Pesticides, not more than Hexachlorocyclohexan and its isomers 0,5DDT (Dichloro-diphenyl-trichloroethane) and its metabolites 0,05Radio-nuclides, not more than Cesium-137400Strontium-90 100Packaging:Paper bags of 25 kgShelf life and storage conditions:Store in dry warehouses at temperature not exceeding 20 ° C and with relative humidity not more than 75%. Shelf life is 24 months from the date of production.Nutritional and energy value in 100 g of starch:Energy value 1390/332 kJ / kcalTechnological features:It is used as a thickener and stabilizer. High viscosity, short texture of the finished product, high transparency. Increases the shelf life of the finished product. Resistant to boiling, high temperatures, low pH, intensive mechanical loadings, cycles of freezing-thawing.Recommendations for application:The required amount of starch is determined experimentally and depends on the composition of the product and the required texture. To prevent the formation of lumps, starch is recommended to be mixed with other dry ingredients in the recipe before adding to water. Resistant to mixing and pumpingApplication in the food industry:- in the dairy industry;- in the confectionery industry;- in the production of jams, fruit fillers;- in the production of ketchups, sauces and mayonnaise (“hot” way of cooking);- in the canning industry. Application in the food industry:- in the dairy industry;- in the confectionery industry;- in the production of jams, fruit fillers;- in the production of ketchups, sauces and mayonnaise (“hot” way of cooking);- in the canning industry.

Corn starch GLETEL ADM

LLC «ND – tehnik» Branch in Svetlograd City, Stavropolsky KraySVETLOGRAD STARCH PLANT356530, the Russian Federation, Stavropolsky Kray, Svetlograd City, Privokzalnaya Street 18Tel / fax (86547) 4-45-67, 4-11-69 e-mail: www.nd-tehnik.ruSPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTGLETEL ADM (E1422)DefinitionModified Waxy corn starchCountry of OriginRussiaProduct CharacteristicsContent: GLETEL ADM – 100% starchOrganoleptic properties:Property Characteristics of propertyAppearanceFine-disperse homogeneous powderColorWhite or white with a yellowish tingeSmell and tasteNeutral, with a light acetic vinegar tintPhysical and chemical properties:Name of the propertyValue of the propertyMass proportion of moisture,% not more than13,0Mass proportion of ash,% not more than0,30Viscosity on viscosimeter Brookfield,100 rev/min mPasxc, 5 % suspension, Spindle № 62, not less than t + 92 ° C – 1100, after cooling it forms a thick gelpH in solution5,5-7,0Protein content,%, maximum 0,4Microbiological properties:QMAFAnM (The number of mesophilic aerobic and facultative anaerobic microorganisms), CFU / g, not more than 1 х 10 4Mass of product (g) which are not allowedin BKGP (coliforms)0.01 Pathogenic,including Salmonella25Molds and yeast, CFU/ g 250Toxic elements (mg / kg) and radio-nuclides (Bq / kg)Lead, mg / kg, not more than0,5Cadmium, mg / kg, not more than 0,1Arsenic, mg / kg, not more than0,5Mercury, mg / kg, not more than 0,02Pesticides, not more than Hexachlorocyclohexan and its isomers 0,5DDT (Dichloro-diphenyl-trichloroethane) and its metabolites 0,05Radio-nuclides, not more than Cesium-137400Strontium-90 100Packaging:Paper bags of 25 kgShelf life and storage conditions:Store in dry warehouses at temperature not exceeding 20 ° C and with relative humidity not more than 75%. Shelf life is 24 months from the date of production.Nutritional and energy value in 100 g of starch:Energy value 1390/332 kJ / kcalTechnological features:It is used as a thickener and stabilizer. High viscosity, short texture of the finished product, high transparency. Increases the shelf life of the finished product. Resistant to boiling, high temperatures, low pH, intensive mechanical loadings, cycles of freezing-thawing.Recommendations for application:The required amount of starch is determined experimentally and depends on the composition of the product and the required texture. To prevent the formation of lumps, starch is recommended to be mixed with other dry ingredients in the recipe before adding to water. Resistant to mixing and pumpingApplication in the food industry:- in the dairy industry;- in the confectionery industry;- in the production of jams, fruit fillers;- in the production of ketchups, sauces and mayonnaise (“hot” way of cooking);- in the canning industry. Application in the food industry:- in the dairy industry;- in the confectionery industry;- in the production of jams, fruit fillers;- in the production of ketchups, sauces and mayonnaise (“hot” way of cooking);- in the canning industry.

Corn starch GLETEL ADM

LLC «ND – tehnik» Branch in Svetlograd City, Stavropolsky KraySVETLOGRAD STARCH PLANT356530, the Russian Federation, Stavropolsky Kray, Svetlograd City, Privokzalnaya Street 18Tel / fax (86547) 4-45-67, 4-11-69 e-mail: www.nd-tehnik.ruSPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTGLETEL ADM (E1422)DefinitionModified Waxy corn starchCountry of OriginRussiaProduct CharacteristicsContent: GLETEL ADM – 100% starchOrganoleptic properties:Property Characteristics of propertyAppearanceFine-disperse homogeneous powderColorWhite or white with a yellowish tingeSmell and tasteNeutral, with a light acetic vinegar tintPhysical and chemical properties:Name of the propertyValue of the propertyMass proportion of moisture,% not more than13,0Mass proportion of ash,% not more than0,30Viscosity on viscosimeter Brookfield,100 rev/min mPasxc, 5 % suspension, Spindle № 62, not less than t + 92 ° C – 1100, after cooling it forms a thick gelpH in solution5,5-7,0Protein content,%, maximum 0,4Microbiological properties:QMAFAnM (The number of mesophilic aerobic and facultative anaerobic microorganisms), CFU / g, not more than 1 х 10 4Mass of product (g) which are not allowedin BKGP (coliforms)0.01 Pathogenic,including Salmonella25Molds and yeast, CFU/ g 250Toxic elements (mg / kg) and radio-nuclides (Bq / kg)Lead, mg / kg, not more than0,5Cadmium, mg / kg, not more than 0,1Arsenic, mg / kg, not more than0,5Mercury, mg / kg, not more than 0,02Pesticides, not more than Hexachlorocyclohexan and its isomers 0,5DDT (Dichloro-diphenyl-trichloroethane) and its metabolites 0,05Radio-nuclides, not more than Cesium-137400Strontium-90 100Packaging:Paper bags of 25 kgShelf life and storage conditions:Store in dry warehouses at temperature not exceeding 20 ° C and with relative humidity not more than 75%. Shelf life is 24 months from the date of production.Nutritional and energy value in 100 g of starch:Energy value 1390/332 kJ / kcalTechnological features:It is used as a thickener and stabilizer. High viscosity, short texture of the finished product, high transparency. Increases the shelf life of the finished product. Resistant to boiling, high temperatures, low pH, intensive mechanical loadings, cycles of freezing-thawing.Recommendations for application:The required amount of starch is determined experimentally and depends on the composition of the product and the required texture. To prevent the formation of lumps, starch is recommended to be mixed with other dry ingredients in the recipe before adding to water. Resistant to mixing and pumpingApplication in the food industry:- in the dairy industry;- in the confectionery industry;- in the production of jams, fruit fillers;- in the production of ketchups, sauces and mayonnaise (“hot” way of cooking);- in the canning industry. Application in the food industry:- in the dairy industry;- in the confectionery industry;- in the production of jams, fruit fillers;- in the production of ketchups, sauces and mayonnaise (“hot” way of cooking);- in the canning industry.

HDPE granule "secondary".

HDPE granule MTP: from 0.2-5 Tech. Specification of Secondary HDPE: Blow molding

Input-output modules ENMV

ENMV input-output modules are intended for use as part of systems for collecting and transmitting information from substations and power plants. Together with ENKS-3m and ENIP-2 data collection devices, ENMV modules allow creating distributed telemechanics systems for power facilities. ENMV perform the functions of discrete and analog input-output , provide data transmission via galvanically isolated digital interfaces RS-485 and Ethernet to automated dispatch control systems. Data collection can be carried out both directly from the ENMV, and through data collection devices, telemechanics devices and other automation equipment. The series includes: —— ENMV ‑ 1 – input-output modules; —— ENMV ‑ 3 – analog input modules for SMPR; —— ENMV ‑ 1W – modules with 1 ‑ Wire support. ENMV ‑ 1 are equipped with various types of discrete outputs, including relay outputs, which allows you to issue control actions directly to the control circuit of the switching device. ENMV-1 has a built-in clock real time and supports time synchronization from the ENKS-2 time correction unit or via exchange protocols from a higher level. The built-in clock and event logs allow to assign time stamps to registered events (changes in the states of discrete inputs and outputs) with an accuracy of 1 ms. ENMV-3 are used in transient monitoring systems (TMS) of power plants to control the excitation parameters of generators. Those. specifications http://enip2.ru/production/input_output/enmv-1/

Time correction unit ENKS-2

Time correction blocks (BKV) ENKS-2 are intended for organizing SOEB (system for ensuring uniform time). ENKS-2, using signals from navigation satellite systems of precise time (GLONASS, GPS), provides determination of coordinates and exact time and counts the time on the built-in clock. ENKS-2 receives signals from satellite navigation systems using an antenna located outside the building. A special bracket is used to mount the antenna. For time synchronization on servers, workstations and other devices, ENKS-2 provides standard exchange protocols NMEA 0183, SNTP. In telemechanics systems, time synchronization from ENKS-2 is provided using commands of the IEC 60870-5-101 protocol. SMPR ENKS-2 provides accurate time synchronization of the built-in clock of the ENIP-2 measuring digital converters with support for synchronized vector measurements. OLED display, front panel control buttons, and a set of interfaces (RS ‑ 232, RS ‑ 485, Ethernet) that provide a variety of options for using the device. In addition, ENKS-2 provides the formation of a verification signal "1 Hz" (PPS). ENKS-2 is a time measuring instrument, entered in the State Register of Measuring Instruments. … ENKS-2 uses standard exchange protocols NMEA 0183, SNTP for synchronization of servers, workstations and other devices. For time synchronization in telemechanics systems, ENKS-2 supports the command C_CS_NA_1 (103) of the IEC 60870-5-101 exchange protocol. When using ENKS-2 in SMPR together with USVI ENIP-2 (PMU), time synchronization is carried out using the IRIG protocol. In addition, ENKS-2 generates a verification signal "1 Hz" (PPS). ENKS-2 is supplied with initial verification of Tech. specifications Time counting accuracy Allowable absolute error of PPS edge synchronization (1 Hz) and IRIG timing mark to UTC scale – ± 500 ns, minimum time correction quantum – 11 ns, allowable absolute error of time scale reproduction in the absence of communication – ± 0.4 s / day Synchronization frequency according to IEC 60870‑5‑101 C_CS_NA_1 (103) from 1 min to 45 days, IRIG – 100 ms, SNTP – upon client request (up to 10,000 NTP requests per second) Interfaces RS ‑ 232‑1, RS ‑ 485‑1: NMEA 0183, IEC 60870-5-101; RS-232-2: NMEA 0183; RS ‑ 485‑2: IRIG ‑ A, IRIG ‑ B, PPS; Ethernet 100Base-T: SNTP Operating conditions and design -40 to +70 ° С, 83 × 100 × 110 mm (plastic, IP40), DIN-rail mounting

Vibroanalyzer

Our design bureau has developed and manufactured to order a high-frequency sieve analyzer BCA-1 (sieve). The vibration analyzer is used to determine the granulometric composition of minerals in production and laboratory conditions to control sifting screening, grinding, classification, de-sludging at processing plants, quarries, construction and cement plants, food and grain processing plants, feed, tobacco, chemical industry, agriculture, pharmacology, production of metallic and non-metallic powders. Can be used for wet sieving of suspensions. Those. specifications – sieve diameters 200 mm and 300 mm; – number of sieves with a height of 500 mm in a set up to 10 pcs; – maximum size of sieved material -10 mm; – minimum size of holes in a sieve – 45 microns; – overall dimensions 450 mm x 220 mm (without set of sieves); – the installed power of each electric vibrator is 100-200 W; – the number of revolutions 1500/3000 1 / min at a current frequency of 50 Hz; – the oscillation frequency is 25 Hz / 50 Hz (can be changed using an additional frequency converter); – voltage of a three-phase electric current: 380 V; – weight without a set of sieves 45 kg.

Vibrating sieve for sieving dry pharmaceutical mixtures

Pharmaceutical shale shaker is widely used in the pharmaceutical industry. Screens for sorting granular material used in tablets and capsules solve the problems for pharmaceutical manufacturers related to the control of fines and dust. For applications where process tightness is a key concern, shale shakers provide safe screening. The equipment is completely self-contained, polished, without cracks and gaps in the structure, in compliance with the highest sanitary requirements. Those. specifications VVU1.800.2VCh Single-motor high-frequency vibrating sieve with a working surface diameter of 800 mm No. chas4005Granitsa separation mm0,5 – 1,06Vlazhnost indoors – 757Kolichestvo products grohocheniyapodreshetnyy8Temperatura material, ° C509Temperatura premises, ° C2510Abrazivnostnet11Himicheskaya aktivnostnet12Sklonnost to aglomeratsiisklonen to aglomeratsii13Material enclosures vibrositanerzhaveyuschaya stal14Proseivayuschaya stainless steel poverhnostsetki, polimernyeTehnicheskie dannye.№ParametryZnachenie1Nominalnaya power electrovibrators, kW2 x 0.652 Number of decks, pcs. 1 – 23 Deck diameter, m 0.84 Mesh area, m 20.425 Nominal frequency of body oscillations, Hz 256 Frequency spectrum of mesh oscillations, Hz 50 – 5007 Body material (in contact with the screened material) stainless steel 8 Weight, kgd about 150

New technology for oil production from unprofitable wells

The new technology makes it possible to reduce the metal consumption of the structure, energy consumption and increase the descent depth up to 3000m. An effective way to combat wax formation in tubing is also proposed.

PA-0 grade aluminum powder

Spraying melts with compressed air in inert gases

Profile pipe bender TV-3 Manual

The machine is used for rolling shaped pipes along a radius of up to 50x50x2 mm, strips of 60×8 mm, and a bar of 20 mm. Those. specifications Overall dimensions 600x250x450 mm Weight 42.5 kg Drive roller 2 knurled rollers, hardened Bearings 7 pcs (closed) Width adjustment yes, retaining rings Drive chain for 2 rollers Material screw ST-45 steel, thread reinforced Roller material HFC-hardened steel ST-45

Profile pipe bender TV-2H Manual

The machine is used for rolling along the radius of rectangular pipes up to 50×25 and 40×40, strips, bars with a minimum bending radius of 150 mm Equipped with retaining rings for fixing the profile.It also turned out over time that the middle (pressure) roller overgrows with furrows during intensive work, which affects the quality of rolling the profile … Since May 2015, it was decided to subject the middle roller to HFC hardening, and to provide additional washers on the sides in order to avoid rubbing the roller against the body. Changes have also been adopted since November 2017 by equipping with a measuring scale and counter-nuts with which you can work according to a template (that is, to obtain exactly the same bend within an error of 1 mm. The design is the same as that of the TV-2U model and lightweight. Technical specifications Overall dimensions 500x200x400 mm Weight 23 kg Drive roller 2 grooved, hardened Bearings 7 pcs (closed) Width adjustment yes, retaining rings Drive chain for 2 rollers Screw material ST-40X steel, thread reinforced Roller material HFC-hardened steel ST-40X

Profile pipe bender TV-2 Manual

The machine is used for rolling along the radius of rectangular pipes up to 50×25 and 40×40, strips, bars with a minimum bending radius of 150 mm. It is equipped with retaining rings for fixing the profile. It has a great advantage over the TV-1 pipe bender due to the equipment of the profile bending chain transmission and the use of two shafts when rolling the profile. Over time, it turned out that the middle (pressure) roller overgrown with furrows during intensive work, which affects the quality of the profile rolling. Since May 2015, it was decided to subject the middle roller to HFC hardening, and to provide additional washers on the sides in order to prevent the roller from rubbing against the body. Changes have also been adopted since November 2017 by equipping with a measuring scale and counter-nuts with which you can work according to a template, that is, to get exactly the same bend with an error of 1 mm. Those. specifications Overall dimensions500x200x400 mm Weight 22 kg Drive roller2 grooved, hardened Bearings7 pcs (closed) Width adjustment yes, retaining rings Drive chain for 2 rollers Screw material ST-40X steel, reinforced thread Roller material HFC-hardened steel ST-40X

Profile pipe bender TV-1/200 Manual
Profile pipe bender Handyman with a notch

The machine is used for rolling / radially / rectangular pipes up to 50×25 mm, wall 2 mm – minimum bending radius of 500 mm; for pipes 40×40 mm, wall up to 3 mm – minimum bending radius 1000 mm; strips, bars and VGP pipes 20×20 mm – the minimum bending radius is 200 mm. Those. specifications Rolling speed: 70 mm / rev. Shafts with a notch, width 52 mm. Overall dimensions 350х200х350 mm. Diameter of the upper (pressure) roller 45 mm. 2 drive shafts with a notch, HFC-hardened, Steel-40X. Number of bearings: 7 (closed Industrial screw, reinforced thread, ST-45 steel. Machine weight: 13 kg.

Profile pipe bender Handyman

The machine is used for rolling / radially / rectangular pipes up to 50×25 mm, wall 2 mm – minimum bending radius of 500 mm; for pipes 40×40 mm, wall up to 3 mm – minimum bending radius 1000 mm; strips, rods and pipes 20×20 mm – the minimum bending radius is 200 mm. Those. specifications Rolling speed: 70 mm / rev. Shafts smooth, width 52 mm Overall dimensions 350х200х350 mm. Diameter of the upper (pressure) roller 45 mm. 2 drive shafts are smooth, HFC-hardened, Steel-40X. Number of bearings: 7 (closed) Industrial screw, reinforced thread , steel ST-45 Machine weight: 13 kg

Profile pipe bender TV-2U Manual reinforced

The machine is used for rolling along the radius of rectangular pipes up to 50×25 and 40×40, strips, bars with a minimum bending radius of 150 mm. It is completed with retaining rings for fixing the profile. Also, over time, it turned out that the middle (pressure) roller, during intensive work, grows overgrown with furrows, which affects the quality of the profile rolling. since May 2015, it was decided to subject the middle roller to Tech. specifications Maximum specifications Square pipe: 40×40 wall 2 mm Rectangular pipe: 60×30 wall 2 mm VHP pipe: for 32 mm wall 2.5 mm Circle: for 20 mm Strip: 60×4 mm

Mobile complex for the manufacture of bridge beams

Designed for the organization of all-season production of high-quality reinforced concrete products in a construction site. It is used by construction organizations for the manufacture of scarce or non-standard reinforced concrete products in cases when their purchase at the precast concrete factories is, for one reason or another, impractical. It allows organizing the industrial production of reinforced concrete products at the construction site within only 8 hours. Advantages of the complex for the manufacture of reinforced concrete prestressed bridge beams1 .Reduction of costs for the construction of bridges by reducing the construction period. 2.Reduction of costs for the purchase of MZHBK. The production cost does not exceed 20,000 rubles / cubic meter. meter of concrete in the structure. 3. Lack of costs for transportation of MZHBK to the construction site of the bridge. 4. High production rate – up to 1 beam in 24 hours from the 1st electrothermal formwork MTV. With the appropriate organization of production, the time for concrete care can be reduced to 14-16 hours. 5. Decrease in costs for the production of MZhBK, maximum energy costs do not exceed 150 rubles / cubic meter. per m3 of concrete in the structure. 6. Stable technical characteristics of the produced MZhBK. 7. Complexes operate stably at ambient temperatures from -40 to +50 C. 8. Fast payback of complexes and equipment. Based on the calculation of energy costs, recoupment occurs, on average, after the release of 1000 – 1500 m3 of concrete products (60-90 B2400 beams). 9. During production at the construction site, there is no destructive effect on the roads by heavy cargo and there are no risks of damage to the MZHBK themselves. 10. Possibility of integrating complexes and equipment into the production of reinforced concrete structures. Those. specifications • Nominal voltage and frequency of power supply 220 V 50 Hz • Permissible deviations of supply voltage -15% … + 15% • Number of stands served simultaneously 4 • Maximum power consumption of one stand-deck, no more than 35 kW • Number of independent control channels From 32 • Distance of the communication line "Control post – Stand", no more than 100 m • Control range -30 … + 100С • Resolution of temperature setting 0.1С • Accuracy of maintaining the set temperature, not worse than 3С • Information display Tables and graphs in real time • Setting the heat treatment cycle by the Operator • Archiving heat treatment protocols Up to 1000 cycles with a duration of one cycle 48 hours • Execution Movable

Organic fertilizer "Klad"

LLC "Bailik" has been dealing with the disposal of poultry manure and the sale of fertilizers from it for many years. The product is an environmentally friendly, highly effective fertilizer. Organic fertilizer from poultry manure surpasses all known organic and mineral fertilizers in a number of positions: the effect of prolonged action for 2-3 years; – there is no pathogenic flora and viable seeds; – not toxic, not fire hazardous, not caked; – shelf life is not limited. The fertilizer has almost no specific smell, contains the whole complex of macro – and microelements necessary for full plant growth. At the request of the consumer, you can change the composition of the fertilizer by adding mineral components, thus obtaining an organo-mineral fertilizer. Composition, according to the quality certificate: 3. Mass fraction of organic matter, in terms of carbon,%, not less than 204. Mass fraction of ash,%, no more than 705. Mass fraction (concentration) of macro- and microelements of plant nutrition: nitrogen,%, not less than 0.5 phosphorus,%, not less than 1.0 potassium,%, not less than 1.0 calcium,%, not less than 0.5 magnesium,%, not less 0.2 iron,%, not less than 0.1 zinc, mg / kg, not more than 20-23 copper, mg / kg, not more than 10 manganese, mg / kg, not more than 300-350 sulfur, mg / kg not more than 42 boron, mg / kg , no more than 4.5 cobalt, mg / kg, no more than 4.5 molybdenum, mg / kg, no more than 0.05-0.076. Acidity, pH 5.5-8.57. Sanitary and hygienic indicators: 1TU 2.1.7.730-997.1. The presence of viable eggs and helminth larvae; pathogenic bacteria, including salmonella Not allowed 7.2. Index of sanitary indicative microorganisms (BGKP and enterococci), class / g1-97.3. Mass concentration of impurities of toxic elements, mg / kg, not more, including: 1 Below MPC (APC) for soil lead 6.0 arsenic 1 cadmium 0.5 mercury 1 chromium (mobile forms) 6.0 nickel (mobile forms) 2.07.4. Mass concentration of benzo (a) pyrene, mg / kg, less Not detected 7.5. Effective specific activity (Aeff.) Of natural radioactive substances, Bq / kg (SP 2.b. 1.798-99) 7.5.1. Specific activity of technogenic radionuclides, Bq / kg (l), including: – Cesium-137 – Strontium-90 Absence 7.6. Mass concentration of pesticide residues, mg / kg, less than 2 Organophosphorus pesticides, including: Actellic Below the limit of detection Basudin Below the limit of detection Carbophos Below the limit of detection Phosphamide Below the limit of detection Organochlorine pesticides, including: Heptachlor Below the limit of detection for HCHC total quantities) Below the limit of detection Keltan Below the limit of detection HAZARD CLASS (toxicity): IV (low-hazard substances) – GOST 12.1.007-76. SHELF LIFE: Unlimited FIRE AND EXPLOSION-PROOF HYGIENIC CONCLUSION No. 16.11.02.984.P.001090.11.03 dated 11.11.03 issued by the State Sanitary and Epidemiological Service of the Russian Federation The fertilizer is used in agriculture.

Repair of the active part of electric motors and permanent magnet generators

In the event of a product failure, according to the results of diagnostics, highly qualified specialists of the company determine and agree with the customer the amount of necessary repair work and a list of elements to be replaced. Diagnostics is carried out in accordance with the most modern methods, using high-precision equipment. The main work, which involves the repair of high-speed electric machines of alternating current: -Diagnostics of an electric machine; -Replacement or restoration of permanent magnet rotors; -Balancing of magnetic rotors; -Diagnostics and replacement of bearings ; -Manufacture of the stator winding; -Testing of repaired equipment. The presence of a research laboratory allows the company not only to upgrade the model range of its own production, but also to carry out high-quality repair work of expensive high-speed foreign-made generators at optimal prices. Each repaired product is tested for all basic parameters for compliance with the accepted norms, standards and technical conditions. Service specialists on your call provide professional support to resolve issues of any level quickly, efficiently and on time. The professionalism of our employees is supported by the constant improvement of their level of training. The company VELMA is located in a convenient location in terms of transport accessibility and is always ready to accept products from remote regions for repair and service work.

Development of magnetic systems for permanent magnet electric motors and generators. Permanent magnet rotors.

The specialists of the VELMA company have developed a unique technology for the production of these complex science-intensive products. The main differences between VELMA magnetic rotors and conventional rotors are the use of magnetic systems based on rare-earth magnets and the use of tires made of various materials – superalloys, titanium alloys and composite materials. The permanent magnet rotor does not have an excitation winding, the rotor poles are set by the orientation of the permanent magnets. The company VELMA produces rotors based on permanent high-energy magnets to order, taking into account the specific features of specific tasks and additional requirements of customers. Rotors based on permanent magnets and magnetoplastics have a number of advantages over similar products: due to the use of permanent magnets, the developed and manufactured products have high performance properties ; the ability to operate in the most severe operating conditions: at elevated temperatures, in a chemically aggressive environment and even in vacuum; the use of permanent magnet rotors allows to simplify the design of motors and reduce the noise generated by them; the use of permanent magnet rotors allows to reduce energy consumption and ensure high performance by efficiency.

UNIVERSAL CLEANER "FLUORA-A"

They are polymers with performance advantages that have long distinguished Epilam® from competing surfactant technologies such as hydrocarbon and alkali. It is not flammable. PROPERTIES • No strong smell of solvent • After cleaning, the surface becomes resistant to dirt. • Cleans and degreases. , by wetting, by roller • Low consumption of the composition • The calculated amount of the composition is determined empirically MODIFICATIONS: FLUORA A1 – QUICK EVAPORATING cleaner FLUORA A2 – OPENING cleaner FLUORA A3 – PAINTS cleaner (does not leave a film, for the coating of the chamber – FLUORA 6 UREVALIUM A4 and COLORS A4 – PAINTED SURFACES OF FLUORA A7 – CORROSION cleaner FLUORA A8 – PLASTIC and FLUORA A9 COMPOSITES – ALCOHOL substitute (antiseptic) FLUORA A10 – OILS cleaner, flotator FLUORA A11 – SULFUR cleaner, catalyst TECHNOLOGY A12, water systems specifications TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS – Field of application: all areas of industry – Action: some modifications create a thin protective coating, which can significantly reduce the coefficient of adhesion (sticking). – Density at t = 20 ° C: 0.8-1.3 g / cm³ – Consumption rate 1 l: 7 … 10 sq. m. (on average) – Waiting time before cleaning: up to 5 minutes – Application temperature: -40 ° С … + 50 ° С

Screw-cutting lathe AB250ES.01

Due to the wide range of tasks to be solved, lathes of model 250 belong to the advanced technological equipment that allows the production of parts of various shapes and complexity in the interests of all industries. only inch and metric, but also modular). For this reason, it is actively used at enterprises precisely for performing such work. The screw-cutting lathe 250 ABEC T.01 is a universal equipment on which, in addition to turning, it is possible to carry out various types of work, such as: turning the outer cylindrical surfaces; turning the outer conical surfaces; processing ends and ledges; cutting grooves and cutting off parts; boring holes (cylindrical and conical); drilling, countersinking and reaming holes; cutting external and internal threads with a cutter, tap and die; shaped turning; rolling of corrugated surfaces. Those. specifications Maximum length of the workpiece, mm 500 Maximum diameter of the workpiece to be processed, mm: over the bed 240 over the slide 168 Maximum diameter of the bar processed in the chuck, mm 24 Maximum cutter section, mm 16×16 End of the spindle according to GOST 12593-93, 4 Size of the inner cone of the spindle, Morse 4 Size of the inner cone of the pin tailstock, Morse 3 Quill travel, mm 85 Spindle speed, min-1 50-2500 Longitudinal feed, mm / rev 0.01-1.8 Transverse feed, mm / rev 0.005-0.9 Lead of the cut metric thread, mm 0.2-48 modular, modules 0.2-12 inches, threads per 1 '' 24-0.5 Power of the main drive, kW 3 Accuracy class according to GOST 8-82 V, high Roughness of the product sample, μm 0.63 Overall dimensions, mm, no more than length 1790 width 810 height 1400 Weight, kg, no more than 1180

Titanium ingots

Good afternoon, colleagues! We bring to your attention the shipment to your address of Titanium of a chemical element with serial number 22, grades VT1-00 and VT1-0, there are also other grades. Titanium and its alloys combine lightness and strength plus the ability to work in a wide temperature range from -290 to +600 degrees. The field of application is aviation, navy, artillery, transport, chemical industry as well as medicine. The material we have available in ingots with a diameter of 370-500 mm produced by VSMPO-AVISMA has been removed from the state reserve. Upon shipment, ingots undergo chemical analysis and ultrasonic testing to confirm their brand. The field of application is aviation, navy, artillery, transport, chemical industry as well as medicine.

Electric pump unit HTsM 50 / 50VK with magnetic coupling

Sealed chemically resistant electric pump unit HTsM 30/25 V-K – horizontal, monoblock, centrifugal, non-self-priming with a magnetic coupling with a flow path – steel 12Х18Н10Т, ceramics, fluorine rubber, graphite fluoroplastic. The liquid pumped by the pump must not have a destructive effect on the materials of the flow path. The electric pump unit KhTsM 6/30 V-K – explosion-proof version, corresponds to the climatic version UHL category 2 in accordance with GOST 15150. The pumps comply with the requirements of TR CU 010/2011, TR CU 012/2011 and TR CU 020/2011 and the corresponding GOSTs from the lists attached to them, designed for pumping liquids without inclusions or with solid non-magnetic inclusions with a concentration of no more than 1.25 mg / cm3 and dimensions up to 0.25 mm, density no more than 1500 kg / m3, kinematic viscosity no more than 40 × 10-6 m2 / s, refer to pumps installed in explosive zones of class 1 and 2 in accordance with GOST R 51330.13. According to the corrosion resistance of materials, it is permissible to pump caustic soda at a temperature of no more than 40 degrees Celsius.

Electric pump unit HTsM 50 / 50VK with magnetic coupling

The electric pump unit HTsM 50 / 50VK with a magnetic coupling is designed for pumping aggressive and neutral liquids that do not have a corrosive effect on the materials of the flow path: steel 12X18H10T, fluorine rubber, ceramics, as well as for pumping liquids of a high fire hazard class, explosive liquids, flammable liquids and gas liquids A hermetically sealed chemically resistant pump of the KhTSM 50 / 50VK type with a magnetic coupling with a flow path made of stainless steel 12X18N10T GOST5632-72 can be used in any industry and is designed for pumping flammable liquids, combustible liquids, explosive, aggressive and neutral liquids with a density of up to 1500 kg / m3, kinematic viscosity up to 40 * 10-6m2 / s, with a concentration of suspended particles no more than 1.25 mg / cm3, at temperatures from -40 ° C to +120 ° C. The manufacturer has the opportunity to provide copies of the certificates specified in the "Technical specification" section for the KhTsM-VK group. The following media are pumped over: • organic solvents; • flammable liquids; • flammable liquids; • food products; • distilled water; • deionized water; • aqueous solutions of TMS; • solutions of alkalis; • acid solutions Characteristics of the KhTsM 50 / 50VK model Flow rate 50 m3 / h Head 50 meters of water column net weight (without packaging) 212 kg AIMU160S2U2 engine power 18.5 kW Due to the technical features of this pump model, its operation requires the use of a frequency converter or a soft starter , with characteristics of permissible power not lower than the FCI-G22 / P30-4 22kW frequency converter model. Installation of a frequency converter and soft starters with a capacity of at least 22 kW from other manufacturers is possible. Those. specifications Complies with PDIR.060240.002TU. Certificate of Conformity TR CU No. 012/2011 "On Safety of Equipment for Operation in Explosive Environments" No. RU.АВ24.В.02768 dated 17.07.2015, Certificate of Conformity TR CU No. 010/2011 "On Safety machines and equipment "No. RU.AYA45.B.00148 of 03/07/2014, Declaration of Conformity TR CU No. 020/2011" Electromagnetic compatibility of technical means "RU D-RU.MX11.V.00028 of 03.24.2014, Certificate of the approval of the standard product of the Russian River Register, Certificate of seismic resistance No. ROSS RU.АВ28.Н17997 dated 04/13/2015 The price of products is indicated on EXW terms Yoshkar-Ola, Republic of Mari El, Russian Federation

High-speed plow

When passing the 1st body, the right side (as viewed from behind) works like a normal plow, cuts with the soil drill and throws it with the blade to the right, and the left side undermines the soil and throws it to the left under the 2nd body, which captures the already torn soil, mixes it with a new portion of soil cut off by the 2nd right share body and throws the blade to the right as a normal plow. The last building sets the stage for the next passage under the 1st building and everything is repeated. In 46 regions of Russia

Chisel plow

1. Machine-building steel – for the production of our plow-diesel machines, we use machine-building steel, manufactured according to GOST, instead of "fence" steel. This increases the strength and durability of the structure. The use of GOST steel increases the cost of plows, but provides a long and reliable service without unexpected breakdowns. 2. Frame made of a profile pipe 150x100x8 mm – for the manufacture of the frame, a profile pipe with a section of 150×100 mm and a wall thickness of 8 mm is used. This reinforces the stiffening rib of the structure. This ensures that the frame will not break when working on heavy soil. 3. Boron steel working bodies – our chisel plows are fitted with Italian OFAS working bodies. Due to the boron content in steel, the working body wears out longer. This extends the lifespan and saves you money. 4. Replaceable protective pad – a removable protective pad is installed on the working body, so if damaged, you do not need to change the entire rack. You only need to change the pad, which will cost you less. 5. Reversible bit – the bit has a working surface on both sides. Therefore, when one side of the bit wears out, it can be flipped over, so it will last you 2 life. Tubular roller – Our chisel has a slatted roller so it won't get clogged with wet soil. This allows you to efficiently break the ground and not waste time cleaning the roller. 7. Roller supports are installed – they allow you to adjust the depth of deepening. You can choose the most efficient processing mode. In 46 regions of Russia

Cultivator

1. Machine-building steel – for the production of our cultivators, we use machine-building steel, made in accordance with GOST, instead of "fence" steel. This increases the strength and durability of the structure. The use of GOST steel increases the cost of cultivators, but provides a long and reliable service without unexpected breakdowns. 2. S-shaped post of Italian production – only S-shaped posts from the Italian OFAS plant are installed on our cultivators. This ensures a long service life. You will be engaged in soil cultivation, instead of changing constantly breaking tines. Advantages of S-shaped tines over KPS tines: reducing tractive effort, we have the opportunity to increase the number of tines on the cultivator • Due to the larger number of tines, we get a smoother and better crushed soil the stone does not break, but simply pulls back and then returns to its original position 3. We can replace the S-shaped racks with KPS drains – this will be much cheaper. Often, farms purchase cultivators with KPS with tines when they want to save money and when I do not plan to use it for pre-sowing treatment. 4. Adjustable cultivator working depth – the cultivator has 2 support wheels, each of them has a hydraulic cylinder. With the help of the hydraulic cylinder rod nut, you can set the tillage depth from 8 to 16 cm. This makes the cultivator universal and allows you to use it for both steam and pre-sowing cultivation. 5. 3 rows of spring harrow – Provides weed removal, so new ones germinate more slowly. They also level the soil, providing more favorable conditions for sowing. It is possible to adjust the working depth with a spring harrow. 6. 2 slatted rollers – break up clods, compact and level the soil, creating more favorable conditions for sowing. 7. 100% cutting of weeds – cultivator tines have an overlap of 60 mm. This will ensure 100% cutting of weeds. This directly affects the yield of your fields. 8. Reliable system of hydraulic cylinders – hydraulic hoses are made in accordance with GOST with metal braid winding. The fittings are crimped on German machines in the factory, and not in a "garage". Therefore, the hydraulic system will not leak at the most unexpected moment (somewhere in the field). This will allow you to avoid work stoppages and unnecessary costs. In 46 regions of Russia

Cultivator

1. Machine-building steel – for the production of our cultivators, we use machine-building steel, made in accordance with GOST, instead of "fence" steel. This increases the strength and durability of the structure. The use of GOST steel increases the cost of cultivators, but provides a long and reliable service without unexpected breakdowns. 2. S-shaped post of Italian production – only S-shaped posts from the Italian OFAS plant are installed on our cultivators. This ensures a long service life. You will be engaged in soil cultivation, instead of changing constantly breaking tines. Advantages of S-shaped tines over KPS tines: reducing tractive effort, we have the opportunity to increase the number of tines on the cultivator • Due to the larger number of tines, we get a smoother and better crushed soil the stone does not break, but simply pulls back and then returns to its original position 3. We can replace the S-shaped racks with KPS drains – this will be much cheaper. Often, farms purchase cultivators with KPS with tines when they want to save money and when I do not plan to use it for pre-sowing treatment. 4. Adjustable cultivator working depth – the cultivator has 2 support wheels, each of them has a hydraulic cylinder. With the help of the hydraulic cylinder rod nut, you can set the tillage depth from 8 to 16 cm. This makes the cultivator universal and allows you to use it for both steam and pre-sowing cultivation. 5. 3 rows of spring harrow – Provides weed removal, so new ones germinate more slowly. They also level the soil, providing more favorable conditions for sowing. It is possible to adjust the working depth with a spring harrow. 6. 2 slatted rollers – break up clods, compact and level the soil, creating more favorable conditions for sowing. 7. 100% cutting of weeds – cultivator tines have an overlap of 60 mm. This will ensure 100% cutting of weeds. This directly affects the yield of your fields. 8. Reliable system of hydraulic cylinders – hydraulic hoses are made in accordance with GOST with metal braid winding. The fittings are crimped on German machines in the factory, and not in a "garage". Therefore, the hydraulic system will not leak at the most unexpected moment (somewhere in the field). This will allow you to avoid work stoppages and unnecessary costs. In 46 regions of Russia

Trailed disc harrow

1. The frame will last a long time and will not break – you will not have to spend time and money on repair and reinforcement of the frame, since for the production of the frame profile pipes with a section of 100×150 mm and a wall thickness of 6 mm are used, made not of "fence", but of machine-building steel. 2. Discs will last for a long time – you will not waste resources too frequent replacement of discs, as they take longer to be erased, because they are made of boron steel with a thickness of 6 mm, resistant to abrasion, and have a double sharpening, thanks to the wheel, the disc is self-sharpening when erased. 3. The post will not break or "sour" – you do not have to spend time and money on replacing the posts and knocking out the "soured" posts in order to adjust the angle of attack, because we install 58.5 mm reinforced posts that bend cold without changing the metal structure. The rack has a channel for lubrication and an oiler, and the bushing has a groove, while the rack can be lubricated, and the grease is retained between the bushing and the rack. 4. The cutting unit will not fail – you do not have to spend resources and time on repairing the cutting units, as they are reliable. The axle is made from a single piece of metal, not welded. The thread will not break – reinforced thread M27, instead of M24. The nut does not loosen – the washer does not deform due to the increased nut. The bearings do not break – they are not skewed, because the seats are ground in one pass with an accuracy of 25 thousandths of a mm. 5. The roller does not break and effectively compacts the soil – Get well-crushed and rolled soil, while maintaining moisture, since the roller is quite heavy – it is made of a steel square of 25×25 mm. The spiral is directed in two directions, so the weeds are scattered to the sides, and the roller does not clog. The bearings do not break because the loads are absorbed by the rubber expansion joints. 6. The soil is processed efficiently – no need to spend resources on re-cultivating the soil, since the first row is well deepened, thanks to the fastening of the drawbar to the frame through reducers, which shift the tractive forces downward. The adjusting screw allows optimal adjustment of the depth of the first rows. 7. The frame does not warp when transferred to the transport position – lateral loads on the frame are excluded, so it will last a long time and will not require your investment in its repair, since the chassis on a single frame evenly raise and lower the disc harrow. 8. Oil will not leak – you do not have to buy new oil, and repair hoses, since we use GOST hoses with a metal braid, and the fittings are crimped on German machines at the factory, and not in a "garage", which ensures its reliability. 9. The equipment will not stand idle – you will not have to wait long for the elimination of faults, and waste precious time during the cultivation of the soil, since we have our own warehouse, and any components will be sent on the same day. We also have organized a cash fund to provide warranty repairs, so a service team will be sent to you immediately. In 46 regions of Russia

Trailed disc harrow

1. The frame will last a long time and will not break – you will not have to spend time and money on repair and reinforcement of the frame, since for the production of the frame profile pipes with a section of 100×150 mm and a wall thickness of 6 mm are used, made not of "fence", but of machine-building steel. 2. Discs will last for a long time – you will not waste resources too frequent replacement of discs, as they take longer to be erased, because they are made of boron steel with a thickness of 6 mm, resistant to abrasion, and have a double sharpening, thanks to the wheel, the disc is self-sharpening when erased. 3. The post will not break or "sour" – you do not have to spend time and money on replacing the posts and knocking out the "soured" posts in order to adjust the angle of attack, because we install 58.5 mm reinforced posts that bend cold without changing the metal structure. The rack has a channel for lubrication and an oiler, and the bushing has a groove, while the rack can be lubricated, and the grease is retained between the bushing and the rack. 4. The cutting unit will not fail – you do not have to spend resources and time on repairing the cutting units, as they are reliable. The axle is made from a single piece of metal, not welded. The thread will not break – reinforced thread M27, instead of M24. The nut does not loosen – the washer does not deform due to the increased nut. The bearings do not break – they are not skewed, because the seats are ground in one pass with an accuracy of 25 thousandths of a mm. 5. The roller does not break and effectively compacts the soil – Get well-crushed and rolled soil, while maintaining moisture, since the roller is quite heavy – it is made of a steel square of 25×25 mm. The spiral is directed in two directions, so the weeds are scattered to the sides, and the roller does not clog. The bearings do not break because the loads are absorbed by the rubber expansion joints. 6. The soil is processed efficiently – no need to spend resources on re-cultivating the soil, since the first row is well deepened, thanks to the fastening of the drawbar to the frame through reducers, which shift the tractive forces downward. The adjusting screw allows optimal adjustment of the depth of the first rows. 7. The frame does not warp when transferred to the transport position – lateral loads on the frame are excluded, so it will last a long time and will not require your investment in its repair, since the chassis on a single frame evenly raise and lower the disc harrow. 8. Oil will not leak – you do not have to buy new oil, and repair hoses, since we use GOST hoses with a metal braid, and the fittings are crimped on German machines at the factory, and not in a "garage", which ensures its reliability. 9. The equipment will not stand idle – you will not have to wait long for the elimination of faults, and waste precious time during the cultivation of the soil, since we have our own warehouse, and any components will be sent on the same day. We also have organized a cash fund to provide warranty repairs, so a service team will be sent to you immediately. in 46 regions of Russia

Disc harrow

1. The frame will last a long time and will not break – you will not have to spend time and money on repair and reinforcement of the frame, as for the production of the frame profile pipes with a cross section of 100×100 mm are used, and a wall thickness of 5 mm, made not of "fence", but of machine-building steel. 2. Discs will last for a long time – you will not waste resources on changing discs too often, as they take longer to erase, because they are made of boron steel 5 mm thick, resistant to abrasion, and have a double sharpening, thanks to which the disc is self-sharpening when erased. 3. The post will not break or "sour" – you do not have to waste time and money on replacing the posts and knocking out the "soured" posts in order to adjust the angle of attack, because we install reinforced posts 58.5 mm, which bend cold, without changing the metal structure. The post has a grease channel and an oiler, and the bushing has a groove, whereby the post can be lubricated and grease is retained between the bushing and the post. 4. The cutting unit will not fail – you do not have to spend resources and time on repairing the cutting units, as they are reliable. The axle is made from a single piece of metal, not welded. The thread will not break – reinforced thread M27, instead of M24. The nut does not loosen – the washer does not deform, thanks to the increased nut. The bearings do not break – they are not skewed, because the seats are ground in one pass with an accuracy of 25 thousandths of mm. 5. The roller does not break and effectively compacts the soil – you will get a well-crushed and rolled soil, while retaining moisture, since the roller is quite heavy – it is made of a steel square 20x20mm. The spiral is directed in two directions, so weeds are scattered to the sides and the roller is not clogged. The bearings do not break because the loads are absorbed by the rubber expansion joints. 6. The equipment will not stand idle – you will not have to wait long for the elimination of malfunctions, and waste precious time during the cultivation period, since we have our own warehouse, and any components will be dispatched on the same day. We also have organized a cash fund to provide warranty repairs, so a service team will be sent to you immediately. in 46 regions of Russia

in disc harrows

1. The branch will last a long time and will not break down – you do not have to spend time and money to restore and strengthen the structure, for example, for the production of frames. engineering became. 2. The disc for a long enough time, you will not waste resources on replacing discs too often, since they are more removed, because the fact that boron containing 5 mm thick steel is resistant to removal, and have double grinding, so that the disc after removal , auto-sharpening. 3. Frames do not break and do not "sour" – you do not have to spend time and money to replace the posts and knock out "sour" racks, in order to adjust the angle of attack, since we can install an armed Stand 58.5 mm, which are removed in the cold , without changing the structure of the metal. The frame has grease on the channel and lubrication system, and the hub with a slot, while the frame can be greased, and grease is retained between the hub and the frame. 4. The cutting unit will not let you down – you do not have to waste resources and repair time to cut the loop, as they are reliable. The shaft is made of solid metal, not a soldier. The thread does not break – the reinforced thread is M27, instead of M24. The nut does not rest – the washing machine does not deform, thanks to the enlarged nut. Bearings do not crash – the stand is not biased because it places the ground in one step with an accuracy of 25-thousandth of a millimeter. 5. The roller does not break and effectively covers the soil – you are well crushed and compacted soils, moisture preservation, since the roller is very heavy – it is made of steel, square 20×20 mm, the spiral moves in two directions, due to which the grass was scattered to the sides, and the roller is not blocked. The bearings are not broken because the loads that die out on the expansion joints are rubber. 6. Technology will not sit idly by – no need to wait long to remove failures, and waste precious time during the growing period So, as we have our own warehouse, and any of the components will be sent on the day of treatment. We also have a fund of funds to provide a guarantee for repairs, so the equipment, services will be sent to you immediately. in 46 regions of Russia

Disc harrow

1. The frame will last a long time and will not break – you will not have to spend time and money on repair and reinforcement of the frame, as for the production of the frame profile pipes with a cross section of 100×100 mm are used, and a wall thickness of 5 mm, made not of "fence", but of machine-building steel. 2. Discs will last for a long time – you will not waste resources on changing discs too often, as they take longer to erase, because they are made of boron steel 5 mm thick, resistant to abrasion, and have a double sharpening, thanks to which the disc is self-sharpening when erased. 3. The post will not break or "sour" – you do not have to waste time and money on replacing the posts and knocking out the "soured" posts in order to adjust the angle of attack, because we install reinforced posts 58.5 mm, which bend cold, without changing the metal structure. The post has a grease channel and an oiler, and the bushing has a groove, whereby the post can be lubricated and grease is retained between the bushing and the post. 4. The cutting unit will not fail – you do not have to spend resources and time on repairing the cutting units, as they are reliable. The axle is made from a single piece of metal, not welded. The thread will not break – reinforced thread M27, instead of M24. The nut does not loosen – the washer does not deform, thanks to the increased nut. The bearings do not break – they are not skewed, because the seats are ground in one pass with an accuracy of 25 thousandths of mm. 5. The roller does not break and effectively compacts the soil – you will get a well-crushed and rolled soil, while retaining moisture, since the roller is quite heavy – it is made of a steel square 20x20mm. The spiral is directed in two directions, so weeds are scattered to the sides and the roller is not clogged. The bearings do not break because the loads are absorbed by the rubber expansion joints. 6. The equipment will not stand idle – you will not have to wait long for the elimination of malfunctions, and waste precious time during the cultivation period, since we have our own warehouse, and any components will be dispatched on the same day. We also have organized a cash fund to provide warranty repairs, so a service team will be sent to you immediately. in 46 regions of Russia

Iron ARMCO
Iron ARMCO
Marble products (Blocks, slabs, slabs, monuments, countertops, stairs, balusters, etc.)

Region. Mining. The Kibik-Kordonskoye marble deposit is the largest in the region of Russia and the CIS, located in the Republic of Khakassia, 25 km from Sayanogorsk. The license for the mining industry in the quarry belongs to OJSC "MKK-Holding" Balance reserves of marble – 65.6 million. m3, the extraction is carried out by the open method. OJSC "MKK-Holding" mines marble of various shades, the most common of which are cream, pink, gray, white, dark brown. More than 10 shades in total. The physical and mechanical properties of Sayan marble are in many ways different from most competitors, guaranteeing the durability of products made from it. OJSC "MKK-Holding" owns its own mining plant "Sayanmramor", one of the largest in the extraction and manufacture of blocks, slabs, slabs. The plant has existed since 1973, and during its existence has proved to be a reliable supplier of marble products for public and private sectors. Great importance was given to the supply of marble tiles during the construction of the Moscow Metro. The plant produces standard slabs, thickness 20-30 mm, which are widely used in the manufacture of marble products: countertops, window sills, stairs, steps, balusters, architectural and construction parts, etc. volumes, and also accepts individual orders any size for client's projects. It is used in construction, decoration of buildings and structures, in the private sector.

SPIRAL SECURITY BARRIER

Special fencing is used as security fencing of objects and territories belonging to industrial enterprises, objects of state importance, objects providing for an enhanced security regime (bridges, hydroelectric power plants, gas refinery, distribution complexes of the base). Those. specifications The spiral safety barrier is made of AKL (reinforced barbed tape), the base is rigid galvanized wire d 2.5 mm. Implementation in coils 10 meters, weight, volume depends on the parameters of the barrier (diameter 500 mm, 600 mm, 900 mm).

materials for railway roads and consumable parts for trains

materials for railway roads and consumable parts for trains

materials for railway roads and consumable parts for trains

materials for railway roads and consumable parts for trains

aluminum

Price aluminum A7 1000 kg – 2100 $Price aluminum A99 1000 kg – 4234 $ If you make me a request, please indicate your contacts and e-mail address. Write in detail about your company and how much you want to buy. Terms of purchase and payment:1. To purchase products, your company must necessarily have a representative or agent in Russia.2. If you do not have a representative in Russia, please contact us and you will receive detailed information on how to find an agent or representative in Russia and conclude an agency contract for cooperation.After the conclusion of the agency contract, your agent will be able to purchase any products for you in Russia, for your money on the terms of the contract.3. Your company must pay all costs for purchasing, delivering to the port, processing customs documents, including the fee for the work of your agent in Russia.4. Terms of payment for products based on FOB; prepayment 100% T / T.

aluminum

Price aluminum A7 1000 kg – 2100 $Price aluminum A99 1000 kg – 4234 $ If you make me a request, please indicate your contacts and e-mail address. Write in detail about your company and how much you want to buy. Terms of purchase and payment:1. To purchase products, your company must necessarily have a representative or agent in Russia.2. If you do not have a representative in Russia, please contact us and you will receive detailed information on how to find an agent or representative in Russia and conclude an agency contract for cooperation.After the conclusion of the agency contract, your agent will be able to purchase any products for you in Russia, for your money on the terms of the contract.3. Your company must pay all costs for purchasing, delivering to the port, processing customs documents, including the fee for the work of your agent in Russia.4. Terms of payment for products based on FOB; prepayment 100% T / T.

aluminum

Price aluminum A7 1000 kg – 2100 $Price aluminum A99 1000 kg – 4234 $ If you make me a request, please indicate your contacts and e-mail address. Write in detail about your company and how much you want to buy. Terms of purchase and payment:1. To purchase products, your company must necessarily have a representative or agent in Russia.2. If you do not have a representative in Russia, please contact us and you will receive detailed information on how to find an agent or representative in Russia and conclude an agency contract for cooperation.After the conclusion of the agency contract, your agent will be able to purchase any products for you in Russia, for your money on the terms of the contract.3. Your company must pay all costs for purchasing, delivering to the port, processing customs documents, including the fee for the work of your agent in Russia.4. Terms of payment for products based on FOB; prepayment 100% T / T.

Universal enamel PF-115 "START"

Glossy alkyd weather-resistant for external and internal works GOST R 51691-2000. The enamel film is resistant to temperature changes from -50 ° C to + 60 ° C Retains protective properties for 4 years Retains decorative properties throughout the year For wood, metal, concrete, drywall, chipboard, plaster Types of surfaces: For wood, metal, concrete, drywall , Chipboard, on plaster. Surface preparation: The surfaces to be painted must be clean and dry. Metal surfaces are cleaned of rust and scale, degreased with a solvent (white spirit), covered with a primer (GF-021). Wooden surfaces are polished and polished. Previously painted surfaces are cleaned of old flaked coating and sanded. From fatty and other contaminants, the surface is washed with water and soap, washing powder or soda solution (1 tablespoon of soda per 1 liter of water). Surfaces previously covered with chalk or lime paints are cleaned until the old coating is completely removed. Application conditions: Before use, the enamel should be thoroughly mixed and, if necessary, diluted with a solvent, white spirit or their mixture in a 1: 1 ratio. To paint the product by spraying in an electric field, the enamel is diluted with RE-4V thinner. The enamel is applied by spraying or with a brush on a dry surface, previously cleaned of dust, grease, rust, scale, etc. Precautions: When carrying out painting work, as well as after they have finished, it is necessary to thoroughly ventilate the room. Use rubber gloves to protect your hands. Storage conditions: The enamel is stored in a tightly closed container, away from heating devices, electrical devices, food products, in places inaccessible to children, protected from moisture and direct sunlight. When stored at t below 0 ° C, before use, keep the enamel at room temperature for 24 hours and stir thoroughly. Disposal: empty jars and dried enamel residues are taken out to waste collection points. Keep away from fire! Those. specifications Characteristics Color 10 shades Type of dried layer colorless vapor-permeable "breathable" coating Composition alkyd varnish, titanium dioxide, desiccant, white spirit, fillers, functional. additives Solvent white spirit, solvent, or a mixture thereof in acc. 1: 1 Recommended application conditions in two layers at t above + 5 ° С Consumption for a single layer coating 2 kg / 14-20 m2, 0.8 kg / 5-8 m2 Drying time at t + 18-20 ° С and relative humidity 80% 24 hours Tools roller, brush, spray gun Cleaning of working tools rinse with white spirit or nefras C4-1500. Wipe brushes with a dry cloth Shelf life 24 months Packaging 0.8 kg, 2 kg, 20 kg, 50 kg

Delivery of crumb rubber up to 500 tons monthly

No. Specification US Mesh inches Microns 1 30 0.0232 595 182.62 40 0.0165 400 2303 60 0.0098 250 349.24 80 0.0070 177 603.25 100 0.0059 149 1000 • Container – polypropylene bags. Fields of application of crumb rubber Crumb rubber is the main product of used tires recycling and is in constant demand on the world market, exceeding supply. This is the most wear-resistant rubber raw material, has wide application: 1. Production of EcoStep safety rubber tiles. The rubber tile, made from the most wear-resistant rubber raw materials, has wear resistance, strength, shock-absorbing, shock-absorbing and orthopedic properties. The specific gravity of crumb rubber in the production of rubber tiles and paving stones is more than 80%, therefore, the quality and durability of rubber tiles directly depends on the quality and properties of crumb rubber. 2. Floor coverings for sports fields and facilities. Rubber crumb and polymer binders coatings for sports grounds, basketball, volleyball, badminton courts. Anti-slip and safe entry cover. In these types of coatings, crumb rubber is also used. The addition of crumb rubber obtained from the processing of tires makes the coatings more wear-resistant and practical, they have better plasticity, and they are durable. 3. Fillers for sports equipment. Crumb rubber is used as a filler for bags and punching bags. 4. Football fields with artificial turf are covered with rubber crumb from 1.0 to 2.5 mm. For example, filling a football field at a stadium requires up to 100 tons of crumbs of the same fraction. 5. Covering building material. This is a roofing material in the form of combining bitumen with polyurethane, from above it is poured with a composition of tiokol with the addition of fine refined rubber crumb. To carry out the whole range of works on the application of coatings on the roofs of residential and industrial buildings, various materials with the addition of crumb rubber are recommended for use: slopes (up to 90% of crumb rubber), sealing of seams (up to 50% of crumb rubber), sealing of joints (up to 70% of rubber crumb), directly coating (up to 50% of rubber crumb). The final, most resistant layer with the use of crumb rubber protects all underlying layers. 6. Structural fiber concrete. Metal and textile cord in a certain proportion is mixed with rubber crumb and added up to 50% to the dry cement-sand mixture. It is used for deep casting of foundations. Floor coverings and ladders, in places of heavy traffic. Polyurethane is mixed with 50% fine (fraction less than 3 mm) refined rubber crumb. It is used for both indoor and outdoor areas. Due to its properties, fiber-reinforced concrete is used in regions with harsh climatic conditions, including permafrost regions. 7. Finishing building material. Thiokol (polysulfide) system as standard material and chips (less than 1 mm) form a durable covering material, using both as a decoration and as a decorative wall material. 8. For road surface. Crumb rubber is used in the latest generation of road surfaces. A mixture of coarse rubber, metal cord and textile cord up to 50% by weight with mineral additives can be put into the road substrate. Further, the crumb – as a modifier of asphalt bitumen (chips less than 1.5 mm to 10% by volume), it is he who is the outer working layer of the roadway. The advantages are obvious: the physical and mechanical characteristics of the entire pavement are significantly improved (increased resistance to cracking and elasticity, as a result of which the frost resistance coefficient increases by 20-30%), which has a positive effect on the resource, the service life of the road pavement increases 2-3 times. Restoration of tires. Getting a regenerate. Up to 10% of the mass of crumb rubber obtained as a result of tire recycling can be used in the restoration and manufacture of new tires. For the manufacture of reclaim, rubber crumb of fraction up to 2 mm is mainly used. 10. For the manufacture of car parts. Bumpers, mud flaps, oil seals, floor mats, luggage compartment troughs, handles, etc. Small fraction rubber crumb is used as an additive in various automotive mastics. 11. Bridge coatings. When repairing bridges, joints are usually sealed with imported materials. The use of crumb rubber obtained as a result of tire processing in this direction will allow the use of 100% domestic materials, as a result of which the economy will be obtained on a national scale. Supports for main pipelines. When replacing existing supports located in permafrost areas, it is very beneficial to manufacture new concrete supports with the presence of crumb rubber. 13. Maintenance of oil and gas industries. For plugging oil wells during drilling, waterproofing green layers, for the manufacture of a sorbent for collecting oil and oil products from the surface of water and soil.

Delivery of crumb rubber up to 500 tons monthly

No. Specification US Mesh inches Microns 1 30 0.0232 595 182.62 40 0.0165 400 2303 60 0.0098 250 349.24 80 0.0070 177 603.25 100 0.0059 149 1000 • Container – polypropylene bags. Fields of application of crumb rubber Crumb rubber is the main product of used tires recycling and is in constant demand on the world market, exceeding supply. This is the most wear-resistant rubber raw material, has wide application: 1. Production of EcoStep safety rubber tiles. The rubber tile, made from the most wear-resistant rubber raw materials, has wear resistance, strength, shock-absorbing, shock-absorbing and orthopedic properties. The specific gravity of crumb rubber in the production of rubber tiles and paving stones is more than 80%, therefore, the quality and durability of rubber tiles directly depends on the quality and properties of crumb rubber. 2. Floor coverings for sports fields and facilities. Rubber crumb and polymer binders coatings for sports grounds, basketball, volleyball, badminton courts. Anti-slip and safe entry cover. In these types of coatings, crumb rubber is also used. The addition of crumb rubber obtained from the processing of tires makes the coatings more wear-resistant and practical, they have better plasticity, and they are durable. 3. Fillers for sports equipment. Crumb rubber is used as a filler for bags and punching bags. 4. Football fields with artificial turf are covered with rubber crumb from 1.0 to 2.5 mm. For example, filling a football field at a stadium requires up to 100 tons of crumbs of the same fraction. 5. Covering building material. This is a roofing material in the form of combining bitumen with polyurethane, from above it is poured with a composition of tiokol with the addition of fine refined rubber crumb. To carry out the whole range of works on the application of coatings on the roofs of residential and industrial buildings, various materials with the addition of crumb rubber are recommended for use: slopes (up to 90% of crumb rubber), sealing of seams (up to 50% of crumb rubber), sealing of joints (up to 70% of rubber crumb), directly coating (up to 50% of rubber crumb). The final, most resistant layer with the use of crumb rubber protects all underlying layers. 6. Structural fiber concrete. Metal and textile cord in a certain proportion is mixed with rubber crumb and added up to 50% to the dry cement-sand mixture. It is used for deep casting of foundations. Floor coverings and ladders, in places of heavy traffic. Polyurethane is mixed with 50% fine (fraction less than 3 mm) refined rubber crumb. It is used for both indoor and outdoor areas. Due to its properties, fiber-reinforced concrete is used in regions with harsh climatic conditions, including permafrost regions. 7. Finishing building material. Thiokol (polysulfide) system as standard material and chips (less than 1 mm) form a durable covering material, using both as a decoration and as a decorative wall material. 8. For road surface. Crumb rubber is used in the latest generation of road surfaces. A mixture of coarse rubber, metal cord and textile cord up to 50% by weight with mineral additives can be put into the road substrate. Further, the crumb – as a modifier of asphalt bitumen (chips less than 1.5 mm to 10% by volume), it is he who is the outer working layer of the roadway. The advantages are obvious: the physical and mechanical characteristics of the entire pavement are significantly improved (increased resistance to cracking and elasticity, as a result of which the frost resistance coefficient increases by 20-30%), which has a positive effect on the resource, the service life of the road pavement increases 2-3 times. Restoration of tires. Getting a regenerate. Up to 10% of the mass of crumb rubber obtained as a result of tire recycling can be used in the restoration and manufacture of new tires. For the manufacture of reclaim, rubber crumb of fraction up to 2 mm is mainly used. 10. For the manufacture of car parts. Bumpers, mud flaps, oil seals, floor mats, luggage compartment troughs, handles, etc. Small fraction rubber crumb is used as an additive in various automotive mastics. 11. Bridge coatings. When repairing bridges, joints are usually sealed with imported materials. The use of crumb rubber obtained as a result of tire processing in this direction will allow the use of 100% domestic materials, as a result of which the economy will be obtained on a national scale. Supports for main pipelines. When replacing existing supports located in permafrost areas, it is very beneficial to manufacture new concrete supports with the presence of crumb rubber. 13. Maintenance of oil and gas industries. For plugging oil wells during drilling, waterproofing green layers, for the manufacture of a sorbent for collecting oil and oil products from the surface of water and soil.

Delivery of crumb rubber up to 500 tons monthly

No. Specification US Mesh inches Microns 1 30 0.0232 595 182.62 40 0.0165 400 2303 60 0.0098 250 349.24 80 0.0070 177 603.25 100 0.0059 149 1000 • Container – polypropylene bags. Fields of application of crumb rubber Crumb rubber is the main product of used tires recycling and is in constant demand on the world market, exceeding supply. This is the most wear-resistant rubber raw material, has wide application: 1. Production of EcoStep safety rubber tiles. The rubber tile, made from the most wear-resistant rubber raw materials, has wear resistance, strength, shock-absorbing, shock-absorbing and orthopedic properties. The specific gravity of crumb rubber in the production of rubber tiles and paving stones is more than 80%, therefore, the quality and durability of rubber tiles directly depends on the quality and properties of crumb rubber. 2. Floor coverings for sports fields and facilities. Rubber crumb and polymer binders coatings for sports grounds, basketball, volleyball, badminton courts. Anti-slip and safe entry cover. In these types of coatings, crumb rubber is also used. The addition of crumb rubber obtained from the processing of tires makes the coatings more wear-resistant and practical, they have better plasticity, and they are durable. 3. Fillers for sports equipment. Crumb rubber is used as a filler for bags and punching bags. 4. Football fields with artificial turf are covered with rubber crumb from 1.0 to 2.5 mm. For example, filling a football field at a stadium requires up to 100 tons of crumbs of the same fraction. 5. Covering building material. This is a roofing material in the form of combining bitumen with polyurethane, from above it is poured with a composition of tiokol with the addition of fine refined rubber crumb. To carry out the whole range of works on the application of coatings on the roofs of residential and industrial buildings, various materials with the addition of crumb rubber are recommended for use: slopes (up to 90% of crumb rubber), sealing of seams (up to 50% of crumb rubber), sealing of joints (up to 70% of rubber crumb), directly coating (up to 50% of rubber crumb). The final, most resistant layer with the use of crumb rubber protects all underlying layers. 6. Structural fiber concrete. Metal and textile cord in a certain proportion is mixed with rubber crumb and added up to 50% to the dry cement-sand mixture. It is used for deep casting of foundations. Floor coverings and ladders, in places of heavy traffic. Polyurethane is mixed with 50% fine (fraction less than 3 mm) refined rubber crumb. It is used for both indoor and outdoor areas. Due to its properties, fiber-reinforced concrete is used in regions with harsh climatic conditions, including permafrost regions. 7. Finishing building material. Thiokol (polysulfide) system as standard material and chips (less than 1 mm) form a durable covering material, using both as a decoration and as a decorative wall material. 8. For road surface. Crumb rubber is used in the latest generation of road surfaces. A mixture of coarse rubber, metal cord and textile cord up to 50% by weight with mineral additives can be put into the road substrate. Further, the crumb – as a modifier of asphalt bitumen (chips less than 1.5 mm to 10% by volume), it is he who is the outer working layer of the roadway. The advantages are obvious: the physical and mechanical characteristics of the entire pavement are significantly improved (increased resistance to cracking and elasticity, as a result of which the frost resistance coefficient increases by 20-30%), which has a positive effect on the resource, the service life of the road pavement increases 2-3 times. Restoration of tires. Getting a regenerate. Up to 10% of the mass of crumb rubber obtained as a result of tire recycling can be used in the restoration and manufacture of new tires. For the manufacture of reclaim, rubber crumb of fraction up to 2 mm is mainly used. 10. For the manufacture of car parts. Bumpers, mud flaps, oil seals, floor mats, luggage compartment troughs, handles, etc. Small fraction rubber crumb is used as an additive in various automotive mastics. 11. Bridge coatings. When repairing bridges, joints are usually sealed with imported materials. The use of crumb rubber obtained as a result of tire processing in this direction will allow the use of 100% domestic materials, as a result of which the economy will be obtained on a national scale. Supports for main pipelines. When replacing existing supports located in permafrost areas, it is very beneficial to manufacture new concrete supports with the presence of crumb rubber. 13. Maintenance of oil and gas industries. For plugging oil wells during drilling, waterproofing green layers, for the manufacture of a sorbent for collecting oil and oil products from the surface of water and soil.

Delivery of crumb rubber up to 500 tons monthly

No. Specification US Mesh inches Microns 1 30 0.0232 595 182.62 40 0.0165 400 2303 60 0.0098 250 349.24 80 0.0070 177 603.25 100 0.0059 149 1000 • Container – polypropylene bags. Fields of application of crumb rubber Crumb rubber is the main product of used tires recycling and is in constant demand on the world market, exceeding supply. This is the most wear-resistant rubber raw material, has wide application: 1. Production of EcoStep safety rubber tiles. The rubber tile, made from the most wear-resistant rubber raw materials, has wear resistance, strength, shock-absorbing, shock-absorbing and orthopedic properties. The specific gravity of crumb rubber in the production of rubber tiles and paving stones is more than 80%, therefore, the quality and durability of rubber tiles directly depends on the quality and properties of crumb rubber. 2. Floor coverings for sports fields and facilities. Rubber crumb and polymer binders coatings for sports grounds, basketball, volleyball, badminton courts. Anti-slip and safe entry cover. In these types of coatings, crumb rubber is also used. The addition of crumb rubber obtained from the processing of tires makes the coatings more wear-resistant and practical, they have better plasticity, and they are durable. 3. Fillers for sports equipment. Crumb rubber is used as a filler for bags and punching bags. 4. Football fields with artificial turf are covered with rubber crumb from 1.0 to 2.5 mm. For example, filling a football field at a stadium requires up to 100 tons of crumbs of the same fraction. 5. Covering building material. This is a roofing material in the form of combining bitumen with polyurethane, from above it is poured with a composition of tiokol with the addition of fine refined rubber crumb. To carry out the whole range of works on the application of coatings on the roofs of residential and industrial buildings, various materials with the addition of crumb rubber are recommended for use: slopes (up to 90% of crumb rubber), sealing of seams (up to 50% of crumb rubber), sealing of joints (up to 70% of rubber crumb), directly coating (up to 50% of rubber crumb). The final, most resistant layer with the use of crumb rubber protects all underlying layers. 6. Structural fiber concrete. Metal and textile cord in a certain proportion is mixed with rubber crumb and added up to 50% to the dry cement-sand mixture. It is used for deep casting of foundations. Floor coverings and ladders, in places of heavy traffic. Polyurethane is mixed with 50% fine (fraction less than 3 mm) refined rubber crumb. It is used for both indoor and outdoor areas. Due to its properties, fiber-reinforced concrete is used in regions with harsh climatic conditions, including permafrost regions. 7. Finishing building material. Thiokol (polysulfide) system as standard material and chips (less than 1 mm) form a durable covering material, using both as a decoration and as a decorative wall material. 8. For road surface. Crumb rubber is used in the latest generation of road surfaces. A mixture of coarse rubber, metal cord and textile cord up to 50% by weight with mineral additives can be put into the road substrate. Further, the crumb – as a modifier of asphalt bitumen (chips less than 1.5 mm to 10% by volume), it is he who is the outer working layer of the roadway. The advantages are obvious: the physical and mechanical characteristics of the entire pavement are significantly improved (increased resistance to cracking and elasticity, as a result of which the frost resistance coefficient increases by 20-30%), which has a positive effect on the resource, the service life of the road pavement increases 2-3 times. Restoration of tires. Getting a regenerate. Up to 10% of the mass of crumb rubber obtained as a result of tire recycling can be used in the restoration and manufacture of new tires. For the manufacture of reclaim, rubber crumb of fraction up to 2 mm is mainly used. 10. For the manufacture of car parts. Bumpers, mud flaps, oil seals, floor mats, luggage compartment troughs, handles, etc. Small fraction rubber crumb is used as an additive in various automotive mastics. 11. Bridge coatings. When repairing bridges, joints are usually sealed with imported materials. The use of crumb rubber obtained as a result of tire processing in this direction will allow the use of 100% domestic materials, as a result of which the economy will be obtained on a national scale. Supports for main pipelines. When replacing existing supports located in permafrost areas, it is very beneficial to manufacture new concrete supports with the presence of crumb rubber. 13. Maintenance of oil and gas industries. For plugging oil wells during drilling, waterproofing green layers, for the manufacture of a sorbent for collecting oil and oil products from the surface of water and soil.

PS-50PM sampler

The sampler is a device with a rotary pneumatic drive that moves a vertically falling process flow over a sample-cutting knife. In this case, a sample is taken while the flow is crossing the slot of the knife. The geometry of the cut-off part of the knife has the shape of a trapezoid, which ensures the proportionality of the slot width in relation to the distance from the axis of rotation, compliance with proportional sampling over the entire flow section and, accordingly, representative sampling. The sampler is installed on technological units (flotation machines, sump, receiving boxes, slurry separators, etc.). The rotary pneumatic double-acting actuator is used as a drive in the sampler. The sampler is made of corrosion-resistant materials with high abrasion and chemical resistance. The sampler is connected to the process pipeline with a flexible hose DN50. Those. specifications diameter of tested pipeline, mm … … …………………………………… ……….. up to 50 maximum capacity of the process stream, m3 / h … ………………. 8 the volume of the sample taken at one crossing, dm3, .. …………… ………….. 0.3- 0.6maximum particle size of the solid fraction, mm …………. …….… ……. …. 8 the content of the solid phase in the pulp,%, no more … …………… ……………………….. 40 temperature of the pulp, ° С … …………………………………………… ….. from +5 to + 60 drive type .. …………………………………… ………………… .. pneumatic angular rate of flow switching, rad / s …………………… ..… ……. 0.5-3.0 Removal of sample from sampling chamber ……… ………………… ..…. …… .. self-flowing compressed air pressure, MPa ……………………………………… …. from 0.3 to 0.6 overall dimensions without installation flange (LxWxH), mm …… … 245х335х765 Dimensions of the mounting flange, mm ……………………………………… … 420х235 Diameter of the outlet pipe, mm .. ……………………… …. …………… ….… ..… 50mass, kg, not more ………………………………………………………… .. ………. 12

PS-50P sampler

The sampler is installed on technological units (flotation machines, sump, receiving boxes, slurry dividers, etc.) The sampler has a very simple design, which ensures safety and ease of use and maintenance. A single-acting rotary pneumatic actuator with a spring return mechanism is used as a drive in the sampler, which ensures the unconditional direction of the process flow through the flow chamber during emergency shutdowns of compressed air. The sampler is made of corrosion-resistant materials with high abrasion and chemical resistance. The sampler is connected to the process pipeline with a flexible hose DN50. Those. specifications diameter of tested pipeline, mm … … …………………………………… ………. up to 50 maximum capacity of the process flow, m3 / h …… …………… 7 maximum volume of a single sample, dm3, .. ……… …………………… ………….. 2,5maximum particle size of solid fraction, mm …………. …….… …. ……. 8 the content of the solid phase in the pulp,%, no more ……………………….. 40 pulp temperature, ° С … ……………………………………………… …. from +5 to + 60 drive type ………………………………………………………… .. pneumatic time of switching the flow between chambers, sec, no more ……………… ……. 0.5 removal of a sample from the sampling chamber ………………………… ..…. ……. gravity pressure of compressed air, MPa ……………………………………… … from 0.3 to 0.6 overall dimensions without mounting flange (LxWxH), mm …… … 245х345х715 Dimensions of mounting flange, mm ……………………………………… … 300х300 diameter of the outlet pipe, mm ……………………………. …………… ….… ..… 50mass , kg, not more ……………………………………………………… .. ………. 12

Sampler PS-1200P

The sampler is installed on technological units (flotation machines, sump, receiving boxes, slurry dividers, etc.). The sampler consists of two main assemblies: a sampler 1 and a receiving box 2. The structure of the receiving box (overall dimensions, number and location of process pipelines inlets) can be modified in accordance with the requirements of a particular production. The sampler is manufactured in a corrosion-resistant design using polymeric materials with high abrasion and chemical resistance. The sample-cutting knife is made of corrosion-resistant steel 12X18H10T. A highly reliable double-acting rodless pneumatic cylinder is used as a drive in the sampler. The sampler is designed for safety and ease of use and maintenance. Those. specifications maximum capacity of the process stream, m3 / h …… ………. 1200maximum particle size of the solid fraction, mm …………. …….… … ……. 2.5 the content of the solid phase in the pulp,%, not more ……………………….. 40 temperature of the pulp, ° С ……………………………………………… …. from +5 to + 60 drive type ………………………………………………… ……… .. pneumatic knife slot width, mm .. …………………………… .. ……………… ……………… …… 8 length of the knife slot, mm, not less ……………………………… .. ……………… .. 580 knife movement speed (adjustable), m / s ……… ……………… ….. 0.1 – 1.0 compressed air pressure, MPa …………………………………… …. from 0.3 to 0.6 overall dimensions with a receiving box (LxWxH), mm, .. …… …. 2430x1900x2100 mass with a receiving box, kg, no more …………………………………. ……. 1200

PS-2400P sampler

The principle of its operation is based on the linear intersection of the sample-cutting knives of the pulp flow, divided into two approximately equal parts. At the same time, samples from both knives are fed into a common storage tank. The sampler is installed on technological units (flotation machines, sump, receiving boxes, slurry dividers, etc.). The sampler consists of two main units: sampler 1 and receiving box 2. Design of the receiving box (overall dimensions, number and location of process pipeline inlets) can be modified in accordance with the requirements of a particular production. The sampler is manufactured in a corrosion-resistant design using polymeric materials with high abrasion and chemical resistance. The sampling knives are made of corrosion-resistant steel 12X18H10T. A highly reliable double-acting pneumatic cylinder is used as a drive in the sampler. The sampler is designed for safety and ease of use and maintenance. Those. specifications maximum capacity of the process stream, m3 / h …… ………. 2400maximum particle size of the solid fraction, mm …………. …….… … ……. 2.5 the content of the solid phase in the pulp,%, not more ……………………….. 40 temperature of the pulp, ° С ……………………………………………… …. from +5 to + 60 drive type ………………………………………………… ……… .. pneumatic knife slot width, mm .. …………………………… .. ……………… ……………… …… 8 length of the knife slot, mm, not less ……………………………… .. ………………. 580 knife movement speed (adjustable), m / s ……………………… ….. 0.1 – 1.0 compressed air pressure, MPa ………………………………………… …. from 0.3 to 0.6 overall dimensions with a receiving box (LxWxH), mm, .. …… …. 2450x2600x2150 mass with a receiving box, kg, no more …………………………… …………. 1400

PS-400PM sampler

Samplers PS-100PM, PS-200PM, PS-300PM, PS-400PM have the same design and differ only in overall dimensions. They are pneumatically driven devices that impart a rotary motion to the sampling knife, during which the process flow is crossed and the sample is taken. The cut-off geometry of all samplers is trapezoidal and ensures that the width of the slot is proportional to the distance from the axis of rotation, which is one of the factors that ensure representative sampling. Those. specifications diameter of the tested pipeline, mm …………………………………… … up to 400 maximum process flow capacity, m3 / h …… ………… 600 maximum particle size solid fraction, mm ………………. ………… 1.3 solid phase content in the pulp,%, not more ……………… …………….. ………… 40 slurry temperature, С ………………………………………… ……. from +5 to + 60 drive type …… …………………………………………………… …… pneumatic knife slot width (min / max), mm .. ……………………………… . ………… …… 4/14 length of the knife slot, mm, not less ………………………………… .. ………………. 460 knife movement speed at the point farthest from the axis of rotation (adjustable), m / s …………………………… .. ……… ….. 0.1 – 1.0 compressed air pressure, MPa … …………………………………… … from 0.3 to 0.6 overall dimensions (LxWxH), mm, .. ………………………… ….. …. 1260х1040х1125 mass, kg, not more than …………………. …… 180

PS-300PM sampler

Samplers PS-100PM, PS-200PM, PS-300PM, PS-400PM have the same design and differ only in overall dimensions. They are pneumatically driven devices that impart a rotary motion to the sampling knife, during which the process flow is crossed and the sample is taken. The cut-off geometry of all samplers is trapezoidal and ensures that the width of the slot is proportional to the distance from the axis of rotation, which is one of the factors that ensure representative sampling. Those. specifications diameter of the tested pipeline, mm ………………………………… …… up to 300 maximum process flow capacity, m3 / h …… ………… 300 maximum particle size solid fraction, mm ………………. ………… 1.3 solid phase content in the pulp,%, not more ……………… …………….. ……….. 40 slurry temperature, С …………………………………………… ……. from +5 to + 60 drive type ……… ………………………………………………… …… pneumatic knife slot width (min / max), mm .. …………………………….… … ………….. 4 / 12.5 length of the knife slot, mm, not less ………………………………… .. ………………. 380 speed of movement of the knife at the point farthest from the axis of rotation (adjustable), m / s …………………………… .. ……… ….. 0.1 – 1.0 compressed air pressure, MPa … …………………………………… … from 0.3 to 0.6 overall dimensions (LxWxH), mm, .. ………………………… …… ……. 1137х774х945 mass, kg, not more ………………. ……… 140

PS-200PM sampler

Samplers PS-100PM, PS-200PM, PS-300PM, PS-400PM have the same design and differ only in overall dimensions. They are pneumatically driven devices that impart a rotary motion to the sampling knife, during which the process flow is crossed and the sample is taken. The cut-off geometry of all samplers is trapezoidal and ensures that the width of the slot is proportional to the distance from the axis of rotation, which is one of the factors that ensure representative sampling. Those. specifications diameter of the tested pipeline, mm …………………………………… .. up to 220 maximum process flow capacity, m3 / h …… ………… 160 maximum particle size of solid fractions, mm ………………. ………… 1.3 solid phase content in the pulp,%, not more ……………… ……………… ………. 40 slurry temperature, С ………………………………………… ……. from +5 to + 60 drive type ………… ……………………………………………… ….. pneumatic knife slot width (min / max), mm .. ………………………… … …… ……… …. 4 / 11.5 knife slot length, mm, not less ………………………………… .. ………………. 280 speed of movement of the knife at the point farthest from the axis of rotation (adjustable), m / s …………………………… .. ……… ….. 0.1 – 1.0 compressed air pressure, MPa … ………………………………… …… from 0.3 to 0.6 overall dimensions (LxWxH), mm, .. ………………………… …… ……. 1033х680х820 mass, kg, not more ………………. ……… 120

PS-200PM sampler

Samplers PS-100PM, PS-200PM, PS-300PM, PS-400PM have the same design and differ only in overall dimensions. They are pneumatically driven devices that impart a rotary motion to the sampling knife, during which the process flow is crossed and the sample is taken. The cut-off geometry of all samplers is trapezoidal and ensures that the width of the slot is proportional to the distance from the axis of rotation, which is one of the factors that ensure representative sampling. Those. specifications diameter of the tested pipeline, mm …………………………………… .. up to 220 maximum process flow capacity, m3 / h …… ………… 160 maximum particle size of solid fractions, mm ………………. ………… 1.3 solid phase content in the pulp,%, not more ……………… ……………… ………. 40 slurry temperature, С ………………………………………… ……. from +5 to + 60 drive type ………… ……………………………………………… ….. pneumatic knife slot width (min / max), mm .. ………………………… … …… ……… …. 4 / 11.5 knife slot length, mm, not less ………………………………… .. ………………. 280 speed of movement of the knife at the point farthest from the axis of rotation (adjustable), m / s …………………………… .. ……… ….. 0.1 – 1.0 compressed air pressure, MPa … ………………………………… …… from 0.3 to 0.6 overall dimensions (LxWxH), mm, .. ………………………… …… ……. 1033х680х820 mass, kg, not more ………………. ……… 120

Sampler PS-100PM

Samplers PS-100PM, PS-200PM, PS-300PM, PS-400PM have the same design and differ only in overall dimensions. They are pneumatically driven devices that impart a rotary motion to the sampling knife, during which the process flow is crossed and the sample is taken. The cut-off geometry of all samplers is trapezoidal and ensures that the width of the slot is proportional to the distance from the axis of rotation, which is one of the factors that ensure representative sampling. Those. specifications diameter of the tested pipeline, mm ……………………………… … …… up to 110 maximum process flow capacity, m3 / h …… …………. 40 maximum size solid fraction particles, mm ……………….… … ……. 1,3 the content of the solid phase in the pulp,%, not more ……………………….. 35 temperature of the pulp,  C ………………………………………………… …. from +5 to + 60 drive type …………………………………………………… …… .. pneumatic knife slit width (min / max), mm .. ………………………………… … …… …. 4 / 11.2 knife slit length, mm, not less…………………………………..………………. 180 speed of movement of the knife at the point farthest from the axis of rotation (adjustable), m / s …………………………… .. ……… ….. 0.1 – 1.0 compressed air pressure, MPa … …………………………………… … from 0.3 to 0.6 overall dimensions (LxWxH), mm, .. ………………………… …… ……… 753х484х640mass, kg, not more ………………… …………. 80

Sampler PS-100PM

Samplers PS-100PM, PS-200PM, PS-300PM, PS-400PM have the same design and differ only in overall dimensions. They are pneumatically driven devices that impart a rotary motion to the sampling knife, during which the process flow is crossed and the sample is taken. The cut-off geometry of all samplers is trapezoidal and ensures that the width of the slot is proportional to the distance from the axis of rotation, which is one of the factors that ensure representative sampling. Those. specifications diameter of the tested pipeline, mm ……………………………… … …… up to 110 maximum process flow capacity, m3 / h …… …………. 40 maximum size solid fraction particles, mm ……………….… … ……. 1,3 the content of the solid phase in the pulp,%, not more ……………………….. 35 temperature of the pulp,  C ………………………………………………… …. from +5 to + 60 drive type …………………………………………………… …… .. pneumatic knife slit width (min / max), mm .. ………………………………… … …… …. 4 / 11.2 knife slit length, mm, not less…………………………………..………………. 180 speed of movement of the knife at the point farthest from the axis of rotation (adjustable), m / s …………………………… .. ……… ….. 0.1 – 1.0 compressed air pressure, MPa … …………………………………… … from 0.3 to 0.6 overall dimensions (LxWxH), mm, .. ………………………… …… ……… 753х484х640mass, kg, not more ………………… …………. 80

Sheet 170 mm

Sheet 170x1600x1780mm, steel 45 – 3.99 t; Sheet 170x1900x1460mm, steel 20 – 3.862 t; Sheet 170x2000x2400mm, steel 45 – 6.586 t; Sheet 170x2000x4000mm, steel 20 – 54.890 t; DELIVERY throughout Russia, EXPORT … Prompt and complete information on availability, prices, conditions and terms of shipment by phone of the sales department: +7 (343) 268-7815, +7 (950) 208-1282, +7 (904) 178-4756, +7 (902) 255-6262 WhatsApp and Viber, +7 (343) 213-1014 WORKING HOURS: Mon – Fri: from 05:30 to 16:00 Moscow time, outside of business hours send a request to E-mail: [email protected], you will definitely be answered.

Video endoscope

Video endoscopes of the VD and Iris series are based on flexible technical endoscopes with a high-resolution color video camera with a CCD matrix. Depending on the modification, they are bent in two and four directions. They provide video transmission to a video monitor, video printer, VCR, computer. The distal end of endoscopes is equipped with a high-resolution color CCD matrix. Video endoscopes provide an image display on a video monitor screen, on a color video printer, allow you to record the examination procedure on a video tape recorder, and also make it possible to form databases. Video endoscopes of the VD and Iris series have a controllable part that bends in 2-planes (in 4 directions). Equipped with high definition color video camera. Those. specifications 6 mm – 4-way HP 4-6-150 6.0 mm * 1.5 m 4-way ± 100 ° L / R 160 ° UP / 130 ° DOWN 58 ° / 90 ° Tungsten • WD 4-6-200 6.0 mm * 2.0 m 4-way ± 100 ° L / R 160 ° UP / 130 ° DOWN 58 ° / 90 ° Tungsten • WD 4-6-300 6.0 mm * 3.0 m 4-way ± 100 ° L / R 160 ° UP / 130 ° DOWN 58 ° / 90 ° Tungsten • WD 4-6-600 6.0 mm * 6.0 m 4-way ± 90 ° L / R 90 ° UP / 90 ° DOWN 58 ° / 90 ° Tungsten • WD 4-6-750 6.0 mm * 7.5 m 4-way ± 90 ° L / R 90 ° UP / 90 ° DOWN 58 ° / 90 ° Tungsten • 8 mm – 4-way HP 4-8-150 8.0 mm ** 1.5 m 4-way ± 100 ° L / R 160 ° UP / 130 ° DOWN 28 ° / 58 ° / 90 ° Tungsten • WD 4-8-200 8.0 mm ** 2.0 m 4-way ± 100 ° L / R 160 ° UP / 130 ° DOWN 28 ° / 58 ° / 90 ° Tungsten • WD 4-8-300 8.0 mm ** 3.0 m 4-way ± 100 ° L / R 160 ° UP / 130 ° DOWN 28 ° / 58 ° / 90 ° Tungsten • WD 4-8-600 8.0 mm ** 6.0 m 4-way ± 90 ° L / R 90 ° UP / 90 ° DOWN 28 ° / 58 ° / 90 ° Tungsten • ID 4-8-750 8.0 mm ** 7.5 m 4-way ± 90 ° L / R 90 ° UP / 90 ° DOWN 28 ° / 58 ° / 90 ° Tungsten •

Gas analyzers

Many modifications

Knife-type shutter ZN

Shutter type – pressing action, with a knife shut-off element (shield), moving in a single body perpendicular to the direction of the working medium, with a screw lifting device. Closing and opening of the shutter is carried out manually, by rotating a removable lever, or from an electric drive (if ordered additionally). The shutter is distinguished by increased reliability due to the use of original design solutions and materials with improved operational properties: – the lead screw and the nut of the lifting device are located in a sealed housing, as a result of which they are protected from the influence of the working environment. – the surface of the shield in contact with the sealing element is covered with an anti-friction material, possessing adhesion of the sealing element to the sealing surface, which increases the life of the seal; – the valve is made of stainless steel; – The valve is supplied assembled, ready for concreting in the chamber. Those. specifications 1. Nominal diameter of the gate flow area – from 600 to 3000 mm; 2. The working position of the knife gate of the element (shield) in relation to the direction of flow of the working medium is arbitrary (double-sided action. 3. Maximum pressure of the working medium: – 1 bar (10 m of water column) for a standard size range of valves; – up to 3 bar (30 m water column) by special order 4. Valve service life – 30 years in the absence of special maintenance.

Cultivator "Rusich" KPP-8 with spring-roller hitch

Effectively levels, loosens, rolls the surface layer. Provides even, fine-lumped arable land. Adjustable height and tilt of the springs. High-quality components from leading manufacturers: Semperit, Bellota, LMZ im. K. Liebknecht ". Aggregation: with tractors from 160 hp. Those. specifications Technical characteristics: Working width, m – 8 Productivity, ha / h – 4.8-9.6 Working speed, km / h – 6-12 Transport speed, km / h – 20 Required power, l. with. – 160 Depth of processing, cm – 5-12 Number of racks with paws, pcs. – 51 Average height of the ridges, cm – 4 Number of rows of posts, pcs. – 4 Distance between racks, mm – 170 Working body – reinforced S-shaped rack 45×12 with spring and duckfoot paw Width of duckfoot paw, mm – 220 Overall dimensions in working position, no more than, mm (LxWxH) – 6500x8800x1400 Weight without additional equipment, kg – 2000 Weight of the spring-roller hitch, kg – 490

Cultivator "Rusich" KPP-8 with spring-roller hitch

Effectively levels, loosens, rolls the surface layer. Provides even, fine-lumped arable land. Adjustable height and tilt of the springs. High-quality components from leading manufacturers: Semperit, Bellota, LMZ im. K. Liebknecht ". Aggregation: with tractors from 160 hp. Those. specifications Technical characteristics: Working width, m – 8 Productivity, ha / h – 4.8-9.6 Working speed, km / h – 6-12 Transport speed, km / h – 20 Required power, l. with. – 160 Depth of processing, cm – 5-12 Number of racks with paws, pcs. – 51 Average height of the ridges, cm – 4 Number of rows of posts, pcs. – 4 Distance between racks, mm – 170 Working body – reinforced S-shaped rack 45×12 with spring and duckfoot paw Width of duckfoot paw, mm – 220 Overall dimensions in working position, no more than, mm (LxWxH) – 6500x8800x1400 Weight without additional equipment, kg – 2000 Weight of the spring-roller hitch, kg – 490

Mounted plows "Rusich" for moldboard tillage

Cost-effective, easy to set up and maintain. It is aggregated with domestic and imported 1.4 traction class, equipped with a rear hitch of the NU-2 type in accordance with GOST 10677-2001; Frame made of high quality steel profile, double welded seam welded joints of the structure. The wear parts of the working bodies are covered with a special hardfacing, which increases the wear resistance. Double layer of weld seam in welded joints of the structure. Racks are additionally reinforced with a steel U-shaped profile to prevent deformation. Aggregation: with tractors from 80 hp. Those. specifications Main technical characteristics: Productivity, ha / h – up to 3 Working speed, km / h – up to 10 Working depth, cm – 12-30 Working width, m – 3.2 Number of working bodies, pcs – 8

Generating complex GK-2
Hydraulic cylinder 80x40-630

Hydraulic cylinder for agricultural machinery Tech. specifications Working pressure 16 MPa, maximum pressure 20 MPa, developed pulling force 6 tf, pushing 8

Hydraulic cylinder 80x40-400

Hydraulic cylinder for agricultural machinery Tech. specifications Working pressure 16 MPa, maximum pressure 20 MPa, developed pulling force 6 tf, pushing 8

Hydraulic cylinder 80x40-250

Hydraulic cylinder for agricultural machinery Tech. specifications Working pressure 16 MPa, maximum pressure 20 MPa, developed pulling force 6 tf, pushing 8

Hydraulic cylinder 100x40-200

Hydraulic cylinder for agricultural machinery Tech. specifications Working pressure 16 MPa, maximum pressure 20 MPa, developed pulling force 10.6 tf, pushing 12.6

Hydraulic cylinder 125x50-400

Hydraulic cylinder for municipal vehicles Tech. specifications Working pressure 16 MPa, maximum pressure 20 MPa, developed tractive force 16.5 tf, pushing 19.6

Industrial explosives

1. Emulast AS-25P is an industrial explosive in a polymer sheath. Designed for the formation of borehole charges on the earth's surface in ores and rocks of any strength, including sulfide-containing ones, with manual loading of dry, drained and watered wells of any degree of water cut in the temperature range from minus 50 degrees Celsius to plus 50 degrees Celsius. 2. T-400G compressed hydro-insulated TNT checkers. They are used as intermediate detonators to initiate borehole and other charges of insensitive industrial explosives in open pit mining, as well as explosives under appropriate conditions in open pit mines. 3. LVV-11-1 charges in the form of ribbons, formed from an elastic composition. They are used for hardening metals by explosion on an open day surface, including for hardening switches, excavator bucket teeth, crushing plates. 4. Blocks (charges) pressed TNT in a polymer case. Designed for industrial blasting operations in dry flooded wells during seismic exploration and outdoor temperatures from minus 50 degrees Celsius to plus 50 degrees Celsius. Those. specifications 1.TU 7276-077-00173769-20102. OST 84-411-803. TU 2292-008-07611703-934. TU 7276-027-07511703-97

Polymer containers

Polymer containers of JSC "NZIV" are: laconic and modern appearance, surface quality, package tightness, stacking strength, strength of handles and fasteners, chemical resistance, frost resistance and heat resistance in accordance with GOST. Those. specifications TU 2297-071-07511703-2013

Rotary plastic grinder IPR-300
Rotary plastic grinder IPR-300
Guillotine shears for metal NGM-13 (analogs: NL3421, NA3221, NA3121, NG-13, NK3421N)

The largest thickness of the cut sheet with a temporary resistance of 500 MPa, 13 mm Width of the cut sheets, 2000 mm Size of the cut angle, 63x63x6 mm Diameter of the cut bar, mm no more than 30 mm Tech. specifications Knife stroke. mm 92 mm Clamping force, not less than 29 kN Length of sheet cut with a stop, no more than 500 mm Power of the electric motor, 18.5 kW Cutting angle at the side stop 900, 450 Operating mode single cycle, automatic cycle Manual, pedal control Overall dimensions of scissors НГ-13, mm Length 3100 Width 2000 Height 2250 Equipment weight, kg 5600

Guillotine shears for metal НГМ-6,3 (analogues Н478, Н3118, НГ-6,3)

The largest thickness of the cut sheet with a temporary resistance of no more than 500 MPa 6.3 mm Width of the cut sheets, no more than 2000 mm Size of the cut angle, no more 56x56x5 mm Diameter of the cut bar, no more than 30 mm Tech. specifications Knife stroke 92 mm Clamping force, not less than 18 kN Maximum length of the cut strip when working with the back stop 500 mm Electric motor power, not more than 11 kW Cutting angle on the side stop 900, 450 Operating mode single cycle, automatic cycle Manual, pedal control Overall dimensions of the scissors НГМ-6,3 , no more Length 3050 mm Width 1200 mm Height 1565 mm Equipment weight, no more than 3550 kg

pH meter portable millivoltmeter pH-410

The pH meter is designed to measure the activity of hydrogen ions (pH), redox potential (Eh) and temperature in solutions, drinking water, food products and raw materials, environmental objects and industrial control systems of technological processes. The pH meter can be used in production (including the meat and dairy and bakery industries), clinical diagnostic, forensic, research laboratories; stationary and mobile, including field. Advantages of the pH-meter pH-410 Large and contrast liquid crystal indicator. Convenient functional keyboard. Automatic temperature compensation, simplified input of coordinates of the isopotential point. Power supply from the electrical network 220 V or the built-in battery with automatic recharging. Convenient and fast pH meter calibration: the pH values of standard buffer solutions have already been entered into the device's memory, at the end of the calibration process, the indicator shows the value of the electrode's hydrogen slope. The compliance of this value with the passport data of the electrode indicates its operability and the correctness of the calibration. Compatibility of the pH meter with electrodes of most domestic and foreign manufacturers (BNC connector), including combined. -electrodeStandard-titersAdditionally supplied: pH-electrodes for various purposesMagnetic stirrerLaboratory stand Tech. specifications pH measurement range, unit pH from 0 to 14 Resolution of pH measurement, units pH 0.01 EMF measurement range, mV from -1999 to + 1999 EMF measurement resolution, mV: in the range from 0 to ± 999.9 – 0.1 in the range from ± 1000 to ± 1999 – 1 Temperature measurement range, ° C from -10 to 100 Temperature measurement resolution, ° C 0.1 Permissible basic absolute error: pH measurement, units. pH – 0.05 EMF measurements, mV – 1 Temperature measurements, ° C – 2 Mass, g 320 Dimensions, mm 240х100х51

Portable ph meter millivoltmeter pH-420

pH-420 is a new generation of professional pH meters, which is a continuation of the pH-410 series of pH meters with new functionality that until recently could only have been available in expensive stationary devices from large foreign manufacturers. The use of modern technologies has made it possible to significantly reduce the cost of pH meters and improve technical, operational and metrological characteristics. The pH meter has no domestic analogues both in terms of technical capabilities and in terms of price / quality ratio. Lightness, simplicity, reliability and ease of use allow to quickly and efficiently measure the activity of hydrogen ions (pH), redox potential (Eh) and temperature in solutions, drinking water, food products and raw materials, environmental objects and production control systems of technological processes.pH-meter pH-420 can be used in industrial, clinical diagnostic, forensic, research laboratories; stationary and mobile, including field ones, control bodies, inspection and supervision, workshops of universities. Main features of the pH meter Large and contrast liquid crystal indicator. Convenient functional keyboard. Automatic temperature compensation of the pH meter, simplified input of the coordinates of the isopotential point. Simultaneous display of values on the indicator. pH, mV, temperatures. Power supply of the pH meter from a 220 V electrical network or built-in battery with automatic recharge. Convenient and quick calibration of the pH meter: the pH values of standard buffer solutions have already been entered into the memory of the device, at the end of the calibration process the indicator shows the slope value Electrode hydrogen characteristic Automatic buffer recognition Battery discharge indicator Compatibility of the pH meter with electrodes of most domestic and foreign manufacturers (BNC connector), including combined ones Standard delivery set of the pH meter: Measuring transducer adapter for 220VCombined pH-electrodeStandard-titersAdditional delivery: pH-electrodes for various purposesMagnetic stirrerLaboratory standSpecialized pH-electrodes: Model. Purpose: Combined pH electrode, plastic case, 0 … 40 ° C Laboratory, general purpose Combined pH electrode, glass case, 0 … 100 ° C Laboratory, general purpose Combined pH electrode with conical membrane, glass case, 0 … 100 ° С Laboratory, for measurements in food, semi-solid substances, non-aqueous media Combined pH electrode with a knife attachment, plastic case, 0 … 100 ° С Laboratory, for measurements in meat and Solids Combined pH electrode with a flat membrane, plastic housing, 0 … 80 ° C For measuring surface pH Combined semi-micro pH electrode, 0 … 100 ° C Laboratory for measurements in containers with a narrow neck (test tubes, flasks , bottles, etc.), as well as in small samples (~ 0.3 ml). Those. specifications pH measurement range, unit pH from -0.5 to 14 pH measurement resolution, units pH 0.01 EMF measurement range, mV from -1999 to + 1999 EMF measurement resolution, mV: 0.1 Temperature measurement range, ° C from -10 to 100 Temperature measurement resolution, ° C 0.1 Permitted basic absolute error: pH measurement, units pH … 0.02 EMF measurements, mV … 1 temperature measurements, ° C … 2 Number of measurements stored in memory 100 Mass, g 400 Dimensions, mm 240х100х51

Automatic multifunctional titrator ATP-02

The device allows titration using the following methods: general potentiometric titration; acid-base titration; precipitation titration; complexation titration; photometric titration; visual titration; turbidimetric titration, etc. The titrator is controlled using the Titrate software package. -5.0, which is supplied in three types of configurations with different levels of functionality: basic configuration of the Titrate-5.0 Base; advanced configuration of the Titrate-5.0 Deluxe; professional configuration of the Titrate-5.0 Pro; … The Titrate-5.0 Deluxe and Titrate-5.0 Pro configurations are supplied for a separate fee. The Titrate-5.0 software package is a modern software product in Russian with great analytical capabilities and a convenient, user-friendly interface built on the principle of intuition. With the help of this program, complete control of the device is carried out during the measurement process, data processing is carried out, the metrological characteristics of the obtained results are calculated, information is stored and the measurement protocols are printed. "and" Researcher ". The" Analyzer "mode implements measurements in strict accordance with the methodology and normative document with full automation of the process of obtaining the result. On the command "Start" automatically occurs: measurement and processing of data; construction of a report; saving the measurement protocol in the database; printing the measurement protocol in accordance with the requirements of the normative document. This mode is most productively used in daily measurements and allows you to minimize errors and errors introduced by the operator … The program guides the operator through the entire procedure, displays the necessary prompts, if necessary, informs about possible errors. In this mode, it is also possible to use target programs that are part of the complex. In the "Explorer" mode, all the huge possibilities of the program open up, such as: creating your own measurement procedures; adjusting existing methods; developing new and changing existing mechanisms for processing measurement results; changes calculation mechanisms and user interfaces; calibration and input of parameters of new electrodes; development of new and correction of existing protocols and printed forms; implementation of all research functions of the complex. Methods and techniques developed in the "Explorer" mode can be further used in the "Analyzer" mode. In addition to the specified configurations of the Titrate-5.0 software package, target programs are supplied to the ATP-02 titrator for performing measurements for special tasks. Those. specifications Measurement range: by voltage, mV, not less than from – 2000 to 2000 Measurement range by pH value (рХ), units pH (pX units), not less than from – 20 to 20 Measurement range by temperature, ºС, not less from 0 to 100 Maximum titrant volumes in the flask, ml., not less than 20.00 (dose counting is not limited) Readout resolution, ml. , no more than 0.001 The limits of the permissible value are the basis of the absolute error of pH measurement (рХ), for monovalent ions, no more than 0.013.7. Limits of the permissible value by the basis of the absolute measurement error (рХ), for bivalent ions, no more than 0.02 Limits of the permissible value of the basic absolute error of measuring the emf, mV, no more than 1 Limits of the permissible value of the basic absolute error of measuring the temperature, ºС, not more than 1 Limits of the permissible value of the basic relative error of measuring the mass concentration, no more than%  2. The limit of the permissible value of the relative standard deviation of the random component of the error, no more than% 0.5. Power consumption, VA no more than 40.0 current supply voltage, V. 220 ± 22, Hz 50 Weight, kg., not more than 5 Overall dimensions (length, width, height), mm., not more than 210х220х310.3 Operating conditions: • temperature, range, оС, not less than 5 – 40 • relative air humidity,%, not less than 90 Temperature of solutions, range not less than 0 to 100 ºС in Russian. The software included in the delivery set of the titrator implements the following measurement and data processing functions: • Management of measurements by various methods of volumetric titration (direct, reverse, neutralization, oxidation-reduction, complexometry, etc.). • Generation of reports in accordance with the requirements of the normative document; • Saving the measurement protocol in the database; • Printing the measurement protocol; • Creating your own measurement procedures; • Correction of already existing methods; • Development of new and modification of existing mechanisms for processing measurement results; • Calibration and input of electrode parameters; • Development of new and correction of existing protocols and printed forms; • Implementation of titration methods in dynamic and manual modes. • Calibration of the working electrode by concentration • Performing multi-peak processing (processing of several equivalent points with manual or automatic marking of peaks of the 1st derivative of the titration curve) • Filtration of titration curves with four filters (low-frequency, moving average, least squares method and bad areas). Filtration should be performed by each filter separately or by several filters at the same time. • Ability to edit measurement protocols. • Simultaneous loading of several measurement protocols.

Automatic titrator

The titrator is controlled using the Titrate-5.0 software package, which is supplied in three types of configurations with different levels of functionality: basic configuration of the Titrate-5.0 Base; extended configuration of the Titrate-5.0 Deluxe titrator; professional configuration of the Titrate-5.0 Pro titrator; Basic configuration of the Titrate-5.0 Base software package supplied complete with titrator ATP-02. The Titrate-5.0 Deluxe and Titrate-5.0 Pro configurations are supplied for a separate fee. The Titrate-5.0 software package is a modern software product in Russian with great analytical capabilities and a convenient, user-friendly interface built on the principle of intuition. With the help of this program, complete control of the device is carried out during the measurement process, data processing is carried out, the metrological characteristics of the obtained results are calculated, information is stored and the measurement protocols are printed. "and" Researcher ". The" Analyzer "mode implements measurements in strict accordance with the methodology and normative document with full automation of the process of obtaining the result. On the command "Start" automatically occurs: measurement and processing of data; construction of a report; saving the measurement protocol in the database; printing the measurement protocol in accordance with the requirements of the normative document. This mode is most productively used in daily measurements and allows you to minimize errors and errors introduced by the operator … The program guides the operator through the entire procedure, displays the necessary prompts, if necessary, informs about possible errors. In this mode, it is also possible to use target programs that are part of the complex. In the "Explorer" mode, all the huge possibilities of the program open up, such as: creating your own measurement procedures; adjusting existing methods; developing new and changing existing mechanisms for processing measurement results; changes calculation mechanisms and user interfaces; calibration and input of parameters of new electrodes; development of new and correction of existing protocols and printed forms; implementation of all research functions of the complex. Methods and techniques developed in the "Explorer" mode can be further used in the "Analyzer" mode. In addition to the specified configurations of the Titrate-5.0 software package, target programs are supplied to the ATP-02 titrator for performing measurements for special tasks. Some of them: Titrate-5.0 Chlorides. Target program for measuring chloride salts in oil and oil products in accordance with GOST 21534-76 (A), ASTM B 6470-99. Titrate-5.0 Sulfur. Target program for measuring Н2S and mercaptan sulfur in oil and oil products in accordance with GOST 17323-71, ASTM В 3227-00. Titrate-5.0 Uranium. Target program for measuring the concentration of uranium in ores. Titrate Alkalinity-Sh. Target program for determining alkalinity in low-freezing cooling liquids in accordance with GOST 28084-89. Titrate Gas. Target program for measuring mercaptan sulfur and hydrogen sulfide in liquefied hydrocarbon gases in accordance with GOST 22985-90. Titrate-5.0 Gas. Target program for measuring mercaptan sulfur and hydrogen sulfide in combustible natural gases in accordance with GOST 22387.2-97. Titrate Feed. Target program for determining the content of sodium and sodium chloride in compound feeds and feed raw materials in accordance with GOST 13496.1-98. Titrate Chlorides. Target program for measuring chloride salts in oil and oil products in accordance with GOST 21534-76 (B), STSEV 2879-87, USA ASTM D6470-99. Titrate Chloroganika. Target program for measuring organochlorine compounds in oil in accordance with GOST R 52247-2004 (A). Titrate Water_Hydrocarbonates. Target program for the ATP-02 titrator in accordance with PND F 14.2.99-97. Titrate Water_Sulfates. Target program for the ATP-02 titrator in accordance with RD 52.24.453-95.Titrate Water_Chlorides. Target program for the ATP-02 titrator in accordance with GOST 4245-72. Titrate Acid number K1. Target program for determining the acid number in petroleum products in accordance with GOST 11362-96, ISO 6619-88 and standardization of the titrant (KOH) in accordance with GOST 25794.1-83. Titrate Acid number K2. Target program for the ATP-02 titrator for determining the acid number of strong acids in petroleum products in accordance with GOST 11362-96, ISO 6619-88 and standardization of the titrant (KOH) in accordance with GOST 25794.1-83. Titrate Acid number. Target program in accordance with GOST 10858-77 oilseeds. Titrate Acid number. Target program in accordance with GOST 17823.1-72 wood chemical products. Titrate Acid number. Target program in accordance with GOST R 52110-2003 sunflower oils. Titrate Milk-K. Target program for measuring the acidity of milk and dairy products in accordance with GOST 3624-92. Titrate Oil products-K-KCh. Target program for determining the acid number in petroleum products in accordance with GOST 5985-79. Titrate Peroxide number. Target program in accordance with GOST R 51487-99 sunflower oils. Titrate Base number (total) – Щ 2. Target program for determining the base number in petroleum products in accordance with GOST 11362-96, ISO 6619-88. Titrate Chondroitin sulfate. Target program for determining the content of chondroitin sulfate by turbidimetric titration. In laboratories of the pulp and paper industry, the Kappa hardware and software complex is indispensable, consisting of four ATP-02 titrators, an AV-50 moisture analyzer and the Kappa-1.0 program. The complex allows you to determine the Kappa number – an indicator that characterizes the quality of cellulose. Those. specifications Measurement range: by voltage, mV, not less than from – 2000 to 2000 Measurement range by pH value (рХ), units pH (pX units), not less than from – 20 to 20 Measurement range by temperature, ºС, not less from 0 to 100 Maximum titrant volumes in the flask, ml., not less than 20.00 (dose counting is not limited) Readout resolution, ml. , no more than 0.001 The limits of the permissible value are the basis of the absolute error of pH measurement (рХ), for monovalent ions, no more than 0.013.7. Limits of the permissible value by the basis of the absolute measurement error (рХ), for bivalent ions, no more than 0.02 Limits of the permissible value of the basic absolute error of measuring the emf, mV, no more than 1 Limits of the permissible value of the basic absolute error of measuring the temperature, ºС, not more than 1 Limits of the permissible value of the basic relative error of measuring the mass concentration, no more than%  2. The limit of the permissible value of the relative standard deviation of the random component of the error, no more than% 0.5. Power consumption, VA no more than 40.0 current supply voltage, V. 220 ± 22, Hz 50 Weight, kg., not more than 5 Overall dimensions (length, width, height), mm., not more than 210х220х310.3 Operating conditions: • temperature, range, оС, not less than 5 – 40 • relative air humidity,%, not less than 90 Temperature of solutions, range not less than 0 to 100 ºС in Russian. The software included in the delivery set of the titrator implements the following measurement and data processing functions: • Management of measurements by various methods of volumetric titration (direct, reverse, neutralization, oxidation-reduction, complexometry, etc.). • Generation of reports in accordance with the requirements of the normative document; • Saving the measurement protocol in the database; • Printing the measurement protocol; • Creating your own measurement procedures; • Correction of already existing methods; • Development of new and modification of existing mechanisms for processing measurement results; • Calibration and input of electrode parameters; • Development of new and correction of existing protocols and printed forms; • Implementation of titration methods in dynamic and manual modes. • Calibration of the working electrode by concentration • Performing multi-peak processing (processing of several equivalent points with manual or automatic marking of peaks of the 1st derivative of the titration curve) • Filtration of titration curves with four filters (low-frequency, moving average, least squares method and bad areas). Filtration should be performed by each filter separately or by several filters at the same time. • Ability to edit measurement protocols. • Simultaneous loading of several measurement protocols.

Voltammetric analyzer AKV-07MK

The main features of the voltammetric analyzer: High sensitivity and reproducibility of measurement results Simultaneous determination of up to 7 elements in one sample Modern software Application of solid-state electrodes, excluding the use of metallic mercury and gas purging of solutions Low cost of a single analysis Low cost and availability of consumables Easy operation and maintenance Food products , soils, bottom sediments, sewage sludgeIndustrial wasteProducts of ferrous and nonferrous metallurgyPetrolsPaints and varnishesProducts for children including display of volts perogram on the display (printer), formation of measurement protocols, reports and databases). The computer memory contains standard measurement procedures. The modern POLAR 4.1 software greatly simplifies and speeds up the work, minimizes operator errors, allows you to store in the computer memory a huge amount of information about the measurements. Methods for performing measurements on a voltammetric analyzer: MVI were developed by ZAO Akvilon and metrologically certified in accordance with GOST R 8.563-96 and GOST R ISO 5725-2002. MVI passed approbation in testing laboratories of TsSM, TsGSEN, specialized control of environmental objects, industrial enterprises. The method of measuring the mass concentration of heavy metals and toxic elements (Cd, Pb, Cu, Zn, Bi, Tl, Ag, Fe, Se, Co, Ni, As, Sb, Hg, Mn) in atmospheric air, air of residential and public buildings by the method of stripping voltammetry. PND F 13.2: 3.51-06. Methods for measuring the mass concentration of arsenic and mercury ions in samples of drinking water, mineral drinking water, natural and waste water by stripping voltammetry. PND F 14.1: 2: 4.221-06. Methods for measuring the mass concentration of heavy metals and toxic elements (cadmium, lead, copper, zinc, bismuth, thallium, silver, nickel, cobalt, selenium, iron, arsenic, antimony, mercury, manganese ) in the air of the working area by stripping voltammetry. FR.1.31.2008.01729 Method of measuring the mass fraction of cadmium, lead, copper and zinc in food products by stripping voltammetry. FR 1.31.2008.01733. Methods for measuring the mass concentration of cadmium, lead, copper and zinc ions in drinking, natural, sea and treated waste waters by stripping voltammetry. PND F 14.1: 2: 4.69-96. Methods for measuring the mass fraction of arsenic and mercury in food products, food raw materials and baby food by stripping voltammetry. FR.1.31.2008.01730 Method of measuring the mass fraction of acid-soluble forms of heavy metals and toxic elements (Cd, Pb, Cu, Zn, Bi, Tl, Ag, Fe, Se, Co, Ni, As, Sb, Hg, Mn) in soils, grounds, bottom sediments, sewage sludge by stripping voltammetry. PND F 16.1: 2: 2.2: 2.3.46-06. Methods for measuring the mass fraction of mobile forms of heavy metals and toxic elements (Cd, Pb, Cu, Zn, Bi, Tl, Ag, Fe, Se, Co, Ni, As , Sb, Hg, Mn) in soils, grounds, bottom sediments, sewage sludge by stripping voltammetry. PND F 16.1: 2: 2.2: 2,3.47-06. Voltammetric analyzer AKV-07 MK in a number of cases can be used to meet the requirements of technical regulations of the Customs Union of the EAEU: TR CU 023/2011 "Technical regulations for juice products from fruits and vegetables" TR CU 0241/2011 "Technical regulations for fat and oil products" TR CU 021/2011 "On the safety of food products" TR CU 015/2011 "On the safety of grain" TR CU 033/2013 "On the safety of milk and dairy products" TR CU 034/2011 "On the safety of meat and meat products" Tech. specifications Limit of detection (according to Cd2 +), mg / dm3 5х10-5 Limit of admissible values RMS,% 4 Volume of electrochemical cell, cm3 20 Range of accumulation time, s from 1 to 9999 Overall dimensions, mm 370х270х235 Weight, kg 6

bolt
Spring centralizer- CentroGUARD Weld

The CentroGUARD Weld spring centralizer is a casing centralizer used in the oil industry during well construction, and is designed to cement the casing in the wellbore and reduce the friction coefficient during running the casing. 2. The product is designed to be installed on a casing string while running into a well. The equipment cannot be used for other purposes. 3. The product can be used in vertical, horizontal and directional wells. 4. The product is manufactured in accordance with the production regulations established for this type of equipment. 5. The manufacturer reserves the right, without prior notice, to make changes to the centralizer design that do not impair its performance. 6. The centralizer is manufactured according to TU 366326-001-03838956-2018.7. Centralizers, selectively from a batch, undergo final quality control in accordance with International Quality Standards ISO 10427-1: 2001. The CentroGUARD Weld spring centralizer is a casing centralizer used in the oil industry during well construction, and is designed to cement the casing in the wellbore and reduce the friction coefficient during running the casing. 2. The product is designed to be installed on a casing string while running into a well. The equipment cannot be used for other purposes. 3. The product can be used in vertical, horizontal and directional wells.